<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sw2711</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sw2711"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Sw2711"/>
	<updated>2026-06-14T09:04:07Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.8</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794230</id>
		<title>GatsbyPhysical</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794230"/>
		<updated>2019-06-05T14:43:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Exercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Physical Computational ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By Gatsby Fitzgerald&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The saddle point on a potential energy diagram represents the transition state (TS). The first partial derivative of the potential with respect to the two intermolecular distances should equal 0. To confirm that the r values represent the saddle point, you calculate the second derivative of r1 multiplied by the second derivative of r2, subtracting from this the second derivative of r1 and r2. If this equation produces a value of less than 0, then the saddle point has been identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At a TS or a minimum, the first derivative of r1 and r2 will be equal to zero. So to find the minimum, the second derivative equation discussed before will equal more than 0, rather than less. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Sort of good. the idea is correct about the saddle point. But in this case, it is not really with respect to r1 and r2. it is actually with respect to 1. the diagonal of r1,r2, which will give you a maximum. 2. the reaction coordinate, which will give a a minimum. That&#039;s why a saddle point is both a minimum and a maximum at the same point, depending on which plane you are looking at. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:40, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using an Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph , the intermolecular TS position can be found. The momentum is set as zero and r1 = r2. By trial and error, the distance in which no oscillation is observed, was found. As the transition state will exist when there is no oscillation, as this is the lowest energy state.  Leading to Figure 1.0 and a value of 0.9075 Å was found&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:42, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gf01358279q2.1.png|thumb|center| Figure 1 - Showing Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph, with equal bond lengths]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 2 and 3, using r1 = 0.9075 Å, r2 = 0.9085 Å and p1=p2=0, show the PES using Dynamic and MEP calculation types respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP stands for Minimum Energy Pathway. It is the lowest energy pathway from reactant to product. As the calculation assumes the atoms have no mass, it does not realistically demonstrate the atoms motion. Therefore, their motion will be inertial. As you can see from Figure 2 there are oscillations, while in Figure 3, there is not. This is because dynamic calculations treat the system as a diatomic and atom, therefore, the diatomic has vibrational energy and oscillations. While MEP treats the species as two solids colliding, so there is no vibrational energy.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hmmm.MEP only gives you the lowest energy pathway. But not always from reactant to product. For example, if you try the HHH system using the very first setting in the script, it is not going to react at all, instead, it will be rolling down the hill, which is further down to the reactant channel. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:46, 4 June 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesdyn.png|thumb|left| Figure 2 - Showing PES using Dynamic calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesmep.png|thumb|right| Figure 3 - Showing PES using MEP calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:33, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (KJ/Mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| Reactive || This trajectory involves the conversion of reactants to products via a TS. Therefore, the reactants must have contained enough energy to overcome the activation energy. From the oscillations, it can be concluded that the reactant has no vibrational energy, while the product BC does have vibrational energy as there is oscillations || [[File:gf3617pes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456|| Unreactive || The trajectory does not lead to the formation of products. As the reactants did not have enough energy to overcome the energy to reach the TS. As a result, it can be concluded that the diatomic and atom collide, and then, bounce of each other. From the increase in oscillation, it can be determined that the diatomic gains vibrational energy as a result of the collision|| [[File:gf3617pes2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation, partly because it has a large enough to overcome the TS energy barrier. It can also be seen that both the product and reactant diatomics have vibrational energy, as they both oscillate. || [[File:gf3617pes3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956|| Unreactive || ALthough this trajectory did not lead to irreversible product formation. It can be seen that product is formed, so the reactants must have has enough energy to reach the TS. This is due to the large vibrational energy, demonstrated by the large oscillations, which led to bond breaking of products but not reactants.|| [[File:gf3617pes4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation. While the reactants, although having no vibrational energy, have enough total energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, the product then dissociates, perhaps due to its high vibrational energy. This then causes the reactant to reform, but in an excited state, so it once again dissociates leading to the formation of a product by reacting with the atom. This product has a large amount of vibrational energy, as seen from the large oscillation || [[File:gf3617pes5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher values of momenta, and, therefore, total energy, do not always lead to reactivity. As we do not see a correlation between momenta/total energy and reactivity. Therefore, there must be other factors which determine reactivity. For example, high vibrational energy may cause the newly formed bonds to break forming reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) is used to describe how a reaction occurs, specifically how a transitions in the reaction pathway from products to reactants. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Products to reactants? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:36, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The main assumption is the Born-Oppenheimer approximation which states that because nuclei are much heavier than electrons(more than 1000 times), they are, therefore, separated. Ψ=Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;elec&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;nuc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The atoms can then be classically treated separately. A further assumption is that the reactants must collide with enough energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, both assumptions do not take into account tunnelling. The TST assumes that once the molecule has enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, it will from the products. However, as you can see from the last two trajectories of the above question, this is not always the case. Due to high vibrational energy. Furthermore, when there is no equilibrium between products and reactants, according to the Maxwell-Boltzman laws, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the above trajectories, the first three are likely to obey the TST and the reaction rate can be predicted. As once the energy barrier is overcome, the products are formed. While for the last two systems, even though the reactants have enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, this does not necessarily mean products are immediately formed, or formed at all. For example in the fourth trajectory, even though the reactants have enough energy, due to high vibrational energy, the products dissociate back into reactants. While the fifth trajectory undergoes barrier recrossing, which is not predicted or allowed by the TST theory. In these cases, the TST predictions do not align with the experimental values. Because it is assumed that once molecular systems have crossed the TS in the direction of the products they are unable to return and form reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. Just be aware that terms like &#039;Maxwell-Boltzmann&#039; is not very applicable to our case, as we only have three atoms in our system. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:36, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A = H, B = H and C = F. The AB distance = 0.74 Å, BC = 2.3 Å and a momentum of -2.7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 4, it can be concluded that H2 + F is exothermic. Because the product channel, HF (BC) is lower in energy than the reactant channel, H2 (AB). So energy is released. This can be justified by looking at relative bond strength, in which because the HF bond (565 KJ/mol)  is much stronger than H2 (432 KJ/mol), this leads to a release in energy. The difference in bond strength is due to the larger electronegativity difference in HF. Leading to a more polar, stronger bond. Therefore, HF + F must be endothermic, and this is confirmed by figure 4. Because HF is very strong, energy is required to break it. Hence it is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:40, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes10.png|thumb|center| Figure 4 - PES showing the reaction pathway of H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using figure 5, the approximate TS can be found as roughly AB (HH)=0.7 and BC (HF)=1.5. Then using trial and error, AB was found to be  0.745 Å while BC was found to be 1.811 Å. This is shown in figure 6 where the lack of oscillations in the Internuclear Distance vs Time graph signifies the TS.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;this part is good too. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:40, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes11.png|thumb|left| Figure 5 - Showing approximate TS at 0.74 Å (HH) and 1.5 Å (HF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes12.png|thumb|right| Figure 6 - Showing accurate TS parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By partially displacing the internuclear distances by +/- 0.01 found for the TS, and using a MEP calculation and using an Energy vs Time graph, the activation energy can be found. As once the trajectory was slightly changed, this would cause it to fall back to the energy of the reactants or products. Using the difference in potential energy on figure 7 and 8 the activation energy can be found. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is also very good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:40, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H, using figure 7, the activation energy was found as:  0.22 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, using figure 8, the activation energy was found as:  29.75 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes14.png|thumb|left| Figure 7 showing activation energy of H2 + F reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes13.png|thumb|right| Figure 8 showing activation energy of HF + H reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In general, this part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:40, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions which lead to a successful collision between H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H are: 0.74 Å (HH), momenta = -2.5 and 1.81 Å (HF), momenta = -1.69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to energy conservation throughout the reaction, we can see from figure 9 that HF produces a vibrationally excited state. Which we can identify from the large oscillations in figure 9. This theory of conversation of energy can be confirmed from figure 10. Where we can see that the total energy remains constant. As kinetic energy increases, the potential energy decreases, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vibrational energy of the HF molecule is likely to be dispersed as heat to its surroundings. This can be confirmed experimentally using gas phase IR. Which is able to measure any deviations in vibrational energy, because the photon released demonstrates the relaxation of the vibrationally excited state. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; And what will you observe from the IR? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:40, 5 June 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes15.png|thumb|left| Figure 9 - Showing contour plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes16.png|thumb|center| Figure 10 - Showing Energy vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes17.png|thumb|right| Figure 11 - Showing Momenta vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules it can be concluded that the activation of a late TS reaction is much more efficiently activated by vibrational energy than the alternative translational energy. While the opposite applies when forming an early TS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As concluded previously, from figure 4, the reaction H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F is exothermic. Therefore, according to the Hammond postulate, this reaction will have an early TS. Where the TS resembles the reactants. Therefore, according to the Empirical Rules discussed above, this reaction should be more efficiently intitiated from translational energy. While the vice versa is true for the reaction going in the opposite direction from HF + F --&amp;gt; H2 + F. Differences in translational and vibrational energy can be explored using different intial momenta. Where the momenta between HH or HF in the diatomic is the vibrational energy. While the momenta between the diatomic and atom represents the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters for the below trajectories include: 0.74 Å AB and 1.81 Å AC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 12 (greater vibrational energy; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5) and 13 (greater translational energy; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4), it can be observed that an excess in translational energy leads to a successful trajectory for H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F, while a greater translational energy does not drive a successful trajectory, with an early TS. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes18.png|thumb|left| Figure 12 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes19.png|thumb|right| Figure 13 - Showing greater translational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While from figure 14 (greater vibrational energy; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5) and 15 (greater translational energy; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3), it can be observed from the graphs that the opposite is true to the previous case. In the reverse direction, HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, a greater vibrational energy drives the endothermic reaction, leading to a successful trajectory with a late TS. While a greater translational energy does not drive a successful reaction. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Overall, this part is good. But it&#039;s better to increase the number of steps to make it more obvious, for example. Figure 13. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:43, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes20.png|thumb|left| Figure 14 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes21.png|thumb|right| Figure 15 - Showing greater translational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794229</id>
		<title>GatsbyPhysical</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794229"/>
		<updated>2019-06-05T14:40:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Exercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Physical Computational ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By Gatsby Fitzgerald&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The saddle point on a potential energy diagram represents the transition state (TS). The first partial derivative of the potential with respect to the two intermolecular distances should equal 0. To confirm that the r values represent the saddle point, you calculate the second derivative of r1 multiplied by the second derivative of r2, subtracting from this the second derivative of r1 and r2. If this equation produces a value of less than 0, then the saddle point has been identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At a TS or a minimum, the first derivative of r1 and r2 will be equal to zero. So to find the minimum, the second derivative equation discussed before will equal more than 0, rather than less. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Sort of good. the idea is correct about the saddle point. But in this case, it is not really with respect to r1 and r2. it is actually with respect to 1. the diagonal of r1,r2, which will give you a maximum. 2. the reaction coordinate, which will give a a minimum. That&#039;s why a saddle point is both a minimum and a maximum at the same point, depending on which plane you are looking at. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:40, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using an Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph , the intermolecular TS position can be found. The momentum is set as zero and r1 = r2. By trial and error, the distance in which no oscillation is observed, was found. As the transition state will exist when there is no oscillation, as this is the lowest energy state.  Leading to Figure 1.0 and a value of 0.9075 Å was found&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:42, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gf01358279q2.1.png|thumb|center| Figure 1 - Showing Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph, with equal bond lengths]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 2 and 3, using r1 = 0.9075 Å, r2 = 0.9085 Å and p1=p2=0, show the PES using Dynamic and MEP calculation types respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP stands for Minimum Energy Pathway. It is the lowest energy pathway from reactant to product. As the calculation assumes the atoms have no mass, it does not realistically demonstrate the atoms motion. Therefore, their motion will be inertial. As you can see from Figure 2 there are oscillations, while in Figure 3, there is not. This is because dynamic calculations treat the system as a diatomic and atom, therefore, the diatomic has vibrational energy and oscillations. While MEP treats the species as two solids colliding, so there is no vibrational energy.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hmmm.MEP only gives you the lowest energy pathway. But not always from reactant to product. For example, if you try the HHH system using the very first setting in the script, it is not going to react at all, instead, it will be rolling down the hill, which is further down to the reactant channel. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:46, 4 June 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesdyn.png|thumb|left| Figure 2 - Showing PES using Dynamic calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesmep.png|thumb|right| Figure 3 - Showing PES using MEP calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:33, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (KJ/Mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| Reactive || This trajectory involves the conversion of reactants to products via a TS. Therefore, the reactants must have contained enough energy to overcome the activation energy. From the oscillations, it can be concluded that the reactant has no vibrational energy, while the product BC does have vibrational energy as there is oscillations || [[File:gf3617pes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456|| Unreactive || The trajectory does not lead to the formation of products. As the reactants did not have enough energy to overcome the energy to reach the TS. As a result, it can be concluded that the diatomic and atom collide, and then, bounce of each other. From the increase in oscillation, it can be determined that the diatomic gains vibrational energy as a result of the collision|| [[File:gf3617pes2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation, partly because it has a large enough to overcome the TS energy barrier. It can also be seen that both the product and reactant diatomics have vibrational energy, as they both oscillate. || [[File:gf3617pes3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956|| Unreactive || ALthough this trajectory did not lead to irreversible product formation. It can be seen that product is formed, so the reactants must have has enough energy to reach the TS. This is due to the large vibrational energy, demonstrated by the large oscillations, which led to bond breaking of products but not reactants.|| [[File:gf3617pes4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation. While the reactants, although having no vibrational energy, have enough total energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, the product then dissociates, perhaps due to its high vibrational energy. This then causes the reactant to reform, but in an excited state, so it once again dissociates leading to the formation of a product by reacting with the atom. This product has a large amount of vibrational energy, as seen from the large oscillation || [[File:gf3617pes5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher values of momenta, and, therefore, total energy, do not always lead to reactivity. As we do not see a correlation between momenta/total energy and reactivity. Therefore, there must be other factors which determine reactivity. For example, high vibrational energy may cause the newly formed bonds to break forming reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) is used to describe how a reaction occurs, specifically how a transitions in the reaction pathway from products to reactants. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Products to reactants? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:36, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The main assumption is the Born-Oppenheimer approximation which states that because nuclei are much heavier than electrons(more than 1000 times), they are, therefore, separated. Ψ=Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;elec&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;nuc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The atoms can then be classically treated separately. A further assumption is that the reactants must collide with enough energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, both assumptions do not take into account tunnelling. The TST assumes that once the molecule has enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, it will from the products. However, as you can see from the last two trajectories of the above question, this is not always the case. Due to high vibrational energy. Furthermore, when there is no equilibrium between products and reactants, according to the Maxwell-Boltzman laws, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the above trajectories, the first three are likely to obey the TST and the reaction rate can be predicted. As once the energy barrier is overcome, the products are formed. While for the last two systems, even though the reactants have enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, this does not necessarily mean products are immediately formed, or formed at all. For example in the fourth trajectory, even though the reactants have enough energy, due to high vibrational energy, the products dissociate back into reactants. While the fifth trajectory undergoes barrier recrossing, which is not predicted or allowed by the TST theory. In these cases, the TST predictions do not align with the experimental values. Because it is assumed that once molecular systems have crossed the TS in the direction of the products they are unable to return and form reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. Just be aware that terms like &#039;Maxwell-Boltzmann&#039; is not very applicable to our case, as we only have three atoms in our system. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:36, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A = H, B = H and C = F. The AB distance = 0.74 Å, BC = 2.3 Å and a momentum of -2.7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 4, it can be concluded that H2 + F is exothermic. Because the product channel, HF (BC) is lower in energy than the reactant channel, H2 (AB). So energy is released. This can be justified by looking at relative bond strength, in which because the HF bond (565 KJ/mol)  is much stronger than H2 (432 KJ/mol), this leads to a release in energy. The difference in bond strength is due to the larger electronegativity difference in HF. Leading to a more polar, stronger bond. Therefore, HF + F must be endothermic, and this is confirmed by figure 4. Because HF is very strong, energy is required to break it. Hence it is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:40, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes10.png|thumb|center| Figure 4 - PES showing the reaction pathway of H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using figure 5, the approximate TS can be found as roughly AB (HH)=0.7 and BC (HF)=1.5. Then using trial and error, AB was found to be  0.745 Å while BC was found to be 1.811 Å. This is shown in figure 6 where the lack of oscillations in the Internuclear Distance vs Time graph signifies the TS.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;this part is good too. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:40, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes11.png|thumb|left| Figure 5 - Showing approximate TS at 0.74 Å (HH) and 1.5 Å (HF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes12.png|thumb|right| Figure 6 - Showing accurate TS parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By partially displacing the internuclear distances by +/- 0.01 found for the TS, and using a MEP calculation and using an Energy vs Time graph, the activation energy can be found. As once the trajectory was slightly changed, this would cause it to fall back to the energy of the reactants or products. Using the difference in potential energy on figure 7 and 8 the activation energy can be found. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is also very good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:40, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H, using figure 7, the activation energy was found as:  0.22 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, using figure 8, the activation energy was found as:  29.75 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes14.png|thumb|left| Figure 7 showing activation energy of H2 + F reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes13.png|thumb|right| Figure 8 showing activation energy of HF + H reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In general, this part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:40, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions which lead to a successful collision between H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H are: 0.74 Å (HH), momenta = -2.5 and 1.81 Å (HF), momenta = -1.69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to energy conservation throughout the reaction, we can see from figure 9 that HF produces a vibrationally excited state. Which we can identify from the large oscillations in figure 9. This theory of conversation of energy can be confirmed from figure 10. Where we can see that the total energy remains constant. As kinetic energy increases, the potential energy decreases, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vibrational energy of the HF molecule is likely to be dispersed as heat to its surroundings. This can be confirmed experimentally using gas phase IR. Which is able to measure any deviations in vibrational energy, because the photon released demonstrates the relaxation of the vibrationally excited state. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; And what will you observe from the IR? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:40, 5 June 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes15.png|thumb|left| Figure 9 - Showing contour plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes16.png|thumb|center| Figure 10 - Showing Energy vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes17.png|thumb|right| Figure 11 - Showing Momenta vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules it can be concluded that the activation of a late TS reaction is much more efficiently activated by vibrational energy than the alternative translational energy. While the opposite applies when forming an early TS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As concluded previously, from figure 4, the reaction H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F is exothermic. Therefore, according to the Hammond postulate, this reaction will have an early TS. Where the TS resembles the reactants. Therefore, according to the Empirical Rules discussed above, this reaction should be more efficiently intitiated from translational energy. While the vice versa is true for the reaction going in the opposite direction from HF + F --&amp;gt; H2 + F. Differences in translational and vibrational energy can be explored using different intial momenta. Where the momenta between HH or HF in the diatomic is the vibrational energy. While the momenta between the diatomic and atom represents the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters for the below trajectories include: 0.74 Å AB and 1.81 Å AC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 12 (greater vibrational energy; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5) and 13 (greater translational energy; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4), it can be observed that an excess in translational energy leads to a successful trajectory for H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F, while a greater translational energy does not drive a successful trajectory, with an early TS. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes18.png|thumb|left| Figure 12 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes19.png|thumb|right| Figure 13 - Showing greater translational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While from figure 14 (greater vibrational energy; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5) and 15 (greater translational energy; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3), it can be observed from the graphs that the opposite is true to the previous case. In the reverse direction, HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, a greater vibrational energy drives the endothermic reaction, leading to a successful trajectory with a late TS. While a greater translational energy does not drive a successful reaction. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes20.png|thumb|left| Figure 14 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes21.png|thumb|right| Figure 15 - Showing greater translational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794228</id>
		<title>GatsbyPhysical</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794228"/>
		<updated>2019-06-05T14:36:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Exercise 1: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Physical Computational ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By Gatsby Fitzgerald&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The saddle point on a potential energy diagram represents the transition state (TS). The first partial derivative of the potential with respect to the two intermolecular distances should equal 0. To confirm that the r values represent the saddle point, you calculate the second derivative of r1 multiplied by the second derivative of r2, subtracting from this the second derivative of r1 and r2. If this equation produces a value of less than 0, then the saddle point has been identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At a TS or a minimum, the first derivative of r1 and r2 will be equal to zero. So to find the minimum, the second derivative equation discussed before will equal more than 0, rather than less. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Sort of good. the idea is correct about the saddle point. But in this case, it is not really with respect to r1 and r2. it is actually with respect to 1. the diagonal of r1,r2, which will give you a maximum. 2. the reaction coordinate, which will give a a minimum. That&#039;s why a saddle point is both a minimum and a maximum at the same point, depending on which plane you are looking at. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:40, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using an Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph , the intermolecular TS position can be found. The momentum is set as zero and r1 = r2. By trial and error, the distance in which no oscillation is observed, was found. As the transition state will exist when there is no oscillation, as this is the lowest energy state.  Leading to Figure 1.0 and a value of 0.9075 Å was found&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:42, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gf01358279q2.1.png|thumb|center| Figure 1 - Showing Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph, with equal bond lengths]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 2 and 3, using r1 = 0.9075 Å, r2 = 0.9085 Å and p1=p2=0, show the PES using Dynamic and MEP calculation types respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP stands for Minimum Energy Pathway. It is the lowest energy pathway from reactant to product. As the calculation assumes the atoms have no mass, it does not realistically demonstrate the atoms motion. Therefore, their motion will be inertial. As you can see from Figure 2 there are oscillations, while in Figure 3, there is not. This is because dynamic calculations treat the system as a diatomic and atom, therefore, the diatomic has vibrational energy and oscillations. While MEP treats the species as two solids colliding, so there is no vibrational energy.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hmmm.MEP only gives you the lowest energy pathway. But not always from reactant to product. For example, if you try the HHH system using the very first setting in the script, it is not going to react at all, instead, it will be rolling down the hill, which is further down to the reactant channel. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:46, 4 June 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesdyn.png|thumb|left| Figure 2 - Showing PES using Dynamic calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesmep.png|thumb|right| Figure 3 - Showing PES using MEP calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:33, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (KJ/Mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| Reactive || This trajectory involves the conversion of reactants to products via a TS. Therefore, the reactants must have contained enough energy to overcome the activation energy. From the oscillations, it can be concluded that the reactant has no vibrational energy, while the product BC does have vibrational energy as there is oscillations || [[File:gf3617pes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456|| Unreactive || The trajectory does not lead to the formation of products. As the reactants did not have enough energy to overcome the energy to reach the TS. As a result, it can be concluded that the diatomic and atom collide, and then, bounce of each other. From the increase in oscillation, it can be determined that the diatomic gains vibrational energy as a result of the collision|| [[File:gf3617pes2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation, partly because it has a large enough to overcome the TS energy barrier. It can also be seen that both the product and reactant diatomics have vibrational energy, as they both oscillate. || [[File:gf3617pes3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956|| Unreactive || ALthough this trajectory did not lead to irreversible product formation. It can be seen that product is formed, so the reactants must have has enough energy to reach the TS. This is due to the large vibrational energy, demonstrated by the large oscillations, which led to bond breaking of products but not reactants.|| [[File:gf3617pes4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation. While the reactants, although having no vibrational energy, have enough total energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, the product then dissociates, perhaps due to its high vibrational energy. This then causes the reactant to reform, but in an excited state, so it once again dissociates leading to the formation of a product by reacting with the atom. This product has a large amount of vibrational energy, as seen from the large oscillation || [[File:gf3617pes5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher values of momenta, and, therefore, total energy, do not always lead to reactivity. As we do not see a correlation between momenta/total energy and reactivity. Therefore, there must be other factors which determine reactivity. For example, high vibrational energy may cause the newly formed bonds to break forming reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) is used to describe how a reaction occurs, specifically how a transitions in the reaction pathway from products to reactants. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Products to reactants? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:36, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; The main assumption is the Born-Oppenheimer approximation which states that because nuclei are much heavier than electrons(more than 1000 times), they are, therefore, separated. Ψ=Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;elec&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;nuc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The atoms can then be classically treated separately. A further assumption is that the reactants must collide with enough energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, both assumptions do not take into account tunnelling. The TST assumes that once the molecule has enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, it will from the products. However, as you can see from the last two trajectories of the above question, this is not always the case. Due to high vibrational energy. Furthermore, when there is no equilibrium between products and reactants, according to the Maxwell-Boltzman laws, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the above trajectories, the first three are likely to obey the TST and the reaction rate can be predicted. As once the energy barrier is overcome, the products are formed. While for the last two systems, even though the reactants have enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, this does not necessarily mean products are immediately formed, or formed at all. For example in the fourth trajectory, even though the reactants have enough energy, due to high vibrational energy, the products dissociate back into reactants. While the fifth trajectory undergoes barrier recrossing, which is not predicted or allowed by the TST theory. In these cases, the TST predictions do not align with the experimental values. Because it is assumed that once molecular systems have crossed the TS in the direction of the products they are unable to return and form reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. Just be aware that terms like &#039;Maxwell-Boltzmann&#039; is not very applicable to our case, as we only have three atoms in our system. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:36, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A = H, B = H and C = F. The AB distance = 0.74 Å, BC = 2.3 Å and a momentum of -2.7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 4, it can be concluded that H2 + F is exothermic. Because the product channel, HF (BC) is lower in energy than the reactant channel, H2 (AB). So energy is released. This can be justified by looking at relative bond strength, in which because the HF bond (565 KJ/mol)  is much stronger than H2 (432 KJ/mol), this leads to a release in energy. The difference in bond strength is due to the larger electronegativity difference in HF. Leading to a more polar, stronger bond. Therefore, HF + F must be endothermic, and this is confirmed by figure 4. Because HF is very strong, energy is required to break it. Hence it is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes10.png|thumb|center| Figure 4 - PES showing the reaction pathway of H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using figure 5, the approximate TS can be found as roughly AB (HH)=0.7 and BC (HF)=1.5. Then using trial and error, AB was found to be  0.745 Å while BC was found to be 1.811 Å. This is shown in figure 6 where the lack of oscillations in the Internuclear Distance vs Time graph signifies the TS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes11.png|thumb|left| Figure 5 - Showing approximate TS at 0.74 Å (HH) and 1.5 Å (HF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes12.png|thumb|right| Figure 6 - Showing accurate TS parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By partially displacing the internuclear distances by +/- 0.01 found for the TS, and using a MEP calculation and using an Energy vs Time graph, the activation energy can be found. As once the trajectory was slightly changed, this would cause it to fall back to the energy of the reactants or products. Using the difference in potential energy on figure 7 and 8 the activation energy can be found. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H, using figure 7, the activation energy was found as:  0.22 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, using figure 8, the activation energy was found as:  29.75 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes14.png|thumb|left| Figure 7 showing activation energy of H2 + F reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes13.png|thumb|right| Figure 8 showing activation energy of HF + H reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions which lead to a successful collision between H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H are: 0.74 Å (HH), momenta = -2.5 and 1.81 Å (HF), momenta = -1.69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to energy conservation throughout the reaction, we can see from figure 9 that HF produces a vibrationally excited state. Which we can identify from the large oscillations in figure 9. This theory of conversation of energy can be confirmed from figure 10. Where we can see that the total energy remains constant. As kinetic energy increases, the potential energy decreases, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vibrational energy of the HF molecule is likely to be dispersed as heat to its surroundings. This can be confirmed experimentally using gas phase IR. Which is able to measure any deviations in vibrational energy, because the photon released demonstrates the relaxation of the vibrationally excited state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes15.png|thumb|left| Figure 9 - Showing contour plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes16.png|thumb|center| Figure 10 - Showing Energy vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes17.png|thumb|right| Figure 11 - Showing Momenta vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules it can be concluded that the activation of a late TS reaction is much more efficiently activated by vibrational energy than the alternative translational energy. While the opposite applies when forming an early TS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As concluded previously, from figure 4, the reaction H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F is exothermic. Therefore, according to the Hammond postulate, this reaction will have an early TS. Where the TS resembles the reactants. Therefore, according to the Empirical Rules discussed above, this reaction should be more efficiently intitiated from translational energy. While the vice versa is true for the reaction going in the opposite direction from HF + F --&amp;gt; H2 + F. Differences in translational and vibrational energy can be explored using different intial momenta. Where the momenta between HH or HF in the diatomic is the vibrational energy. While the momenta between the diatomic and atom represents the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters for the below trajectories include: 0.74 Å AB and 1.81 Å AC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 12 (greater vibrational energy; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5) and 13 (greater translational energy; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4), it can be observed that an excess in translational energy leads to a successful trajectory for H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F, while a greater translational energy does not drive a successful trajectory, with an early TS. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes18.png|thumb|left| Figure 12 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes19.png|thumb|right| Figure 13 - Showing greater translational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While from figure 14 (greater vibrational energy; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5) and 15 (greater translational energy; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3), it can be observed from the graphs that the opposite is true to the previous case. In the reverse direction, HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, a greater vibrational energy drives the endothermic reaction, leading to a successful trajectory with a late TS. While a greater translational energy does not drive a successful reaction. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes20.png|thumb|left| Figure 14 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes21.png|thumb|right| Figure 15 - Showing greater translational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794227</id>
		<title>GatsbyPhysical</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794227"/>
		<updated>2019-06-05T14:33:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Exercise 1: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Physical Computational ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By Gatsby Fitzgerald&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The saddle point on a potential energy diagram represents the transition state (TS). The first partial derivative of the potential with respect to the two intermolecular distances should equal 0. To confirm that the r values represent the saddle point, you calculate the second derivative of r1 multiplied by the second derivative of r2, subtracting from this the second derivative of r1 and r2. If this equation produces a value of less than 0, then the saddle point has been identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At a TS or a minimum, the first derivative of r1 and r2 will be equal to zero. So to find the minimum, the second derivative equation discussed before will equal more than 0, rather than less. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Sort of good. the idea is correct about the saddle point. But in this case, it is not really with respect to r1 and r2. it is actually with respect to 1. the diagonal of r1,r2, which will give you a maximum. 2. the reaction coordinate, which will give a a minimum. That&#039;s why a saddle point is both a minimum and a maximum at the same point, depending on which plane you are looking at. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:40, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using an Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph , the intermolecular TS position can be found. The momentum is set as zero and r1 = r2. By trial and error, the distance in which no oscillation is observed, was found. As the transition state will exist when there is no oscillation, as this is the lowest energy state.  Leading to Figure 1.0 and a value of 0.9075 Å was found&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:42, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gf01358279q2.1.png|thumb|center| Figure 1 - Showing Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph, with equal bond lengths]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 2 and 3, using r1 = 0.9075 Å, r2 = 0.9085 Å and p1=p2=0, show the PES using Dynamic and MEP calculation types respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP stands for Minimum Energy Pathway. It is the lowest energy pathway from reactant to product. As the calculation assumes the atoms have no mass, it does not realistically demonstrate the atoms motion. Therefore, their motion will be inertial. As you can see from Figure 2 there are oscillations, while in Figure 3, there is not. This is because dynamic calculations treat the system as a diatomic and atom, therefore, the diatomic has vibrational energy and oscillations. While MEP treats the species as two solids colliding, so there is no vibrational energy.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hmmm.MEP only gives you the lowest energy pathway. But not always from reactant to product. For example, if you try the HHH system using the very first setting in the script, it is not going to react at all, instead, it will be rolling down the hill, which is further down to the reactant channel. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:46, 4 June 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesdyn.png|thumb|left| Figure 2 - Showing PES using Dynamic calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesmep.png|thumb|right| Figure 3 - Showing PES using MEP calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:33, 5 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (KJ/Mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| Reactive || This trajectory involves the conversion of reactants to products via a TS. Therefore, the reactants must have contained enough energy to overcome the activation energy. From the oscillations, it can be concluded that the reactant has no vibrational energy, while the product BC does have vibrational energy as there is oscillations || [[File:gf3617pes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456|| Unreactive || The trajectory does not lead to the formation of products. As the reactants did not have enough energy to overcome the energy to reach the TS. As a result, it can be concluded that the diatomic and atom collide, and then, bounce of each other. From the increase in oscillation, it can be determined that the diatomic gains vibrational energy as a result of the collision|| [[File:gf3617pes2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation, partly because it has a large enough to overcome the TS energy barrier. It can also be seen that both the product and reactant diatomics have vibrational energy, as they both oscillate. || [[File:gf3617pes3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956|| Unreactive || ALthough this trajectory did not lead to irreversible product formation. It can be seen that product is formed, so the reactants must have has enough energy to reach the TS. This is due to the large vibrational energy, demonstrated by the large oscillations, which led to bond breaking of products but not reactants.|| [[File:gf3617pes4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation. While the reactants, although having no vibrational energy, have enough total energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, the product then dissociates, perhaps due to its high vibrational energy. This then causes the reactant to reform, but in an excited state, so it once again dissociates leading to the formation of a product by reacting with the atom. This product has a large amount of vibrational energy, as seen from the large oscillation || [[File:gf3617pes5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher values of momenta, and, therefore, total energy, do not always lead to reactivity. As we do not see a correlation between momenta/total energy and reactivity. Therefore, there must be other factors which determine reactivity. For example, high vibrational energy may cause the newly formed bonds to break forming reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) is used to describe how a reaction occurs, specifically how a transitions in the reaction pathway from products to reactants. The main assumption is the Born-Oppenheimer approximation which states that because nuclei are much heavier than electrons(more than 1000 times), they are, therefore, separated. Ψ=Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;elec&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;nuc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The atoms can then be classically treated separately. A further assumption is that the reactants must collide with enough energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, both assumptions do not take into account tunnelling. The TST assumes that once the molecule has enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, it will from the products. However, as you can see from the last two trajectories of the above question, this is not always the case. Due to high vibrational energy. Furthermore, when there is no equilibrium between products and reactants, according to the Maxwell-Boltzman laws, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the above trajectories, the first three are likely to obey the TST and the reaction rate can be predicted. As once the energy barrier is overcome, the products are formed. While for the last two systems, even though the reactants have enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, this does not necessarily mean products are immediately formed, or formed at all. For example in the fourth trajectory, even though the reactants have enough energy, due to high vibrational energy, the products dissociate back into reactants. While the fifth trajectory undergoes barrier recrossing, which is not predicted or allowed by the TST theory. In these cases, the TST predictions do not align with the experimental values. Because it is assumed that once molecular systems have crossed the TS in the direction of the products they are unable to return and form reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A = H, B = H and C = F. The AB distance = 0.74 Å, BC = 2.3 Å and a momentum of -2.7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 4, it can be concluded that H2 + F is exothermic. Because the product channel, HF (BC) is lower in energy than the reactant channel, H2 (AB). So energy is released. This can be justified by looking at relative bond strength, in which because the HF bond (565 KJ/mol)  is much stronger than H2 (432 KJ/mol), this leads to a release in energy. The difference in bond strength is due to the larger electronegativity difference in HF. Leading to a more polar, stronger bond. Therefore, HF + F must be endothermic, and this is confirmed by figure 4. Because HF is very strong, energy is required to break it. Hence it is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes10.png|thumb|center| Figure 4 - PES showing the reaction pathway of H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using figure 5, the approximate TS can be found as roughly AB (HH)=0.7 and BC (HF)=1.5. Then using trial and error, AB was found to be  0.745 Å while BC was found to be 1.811 Å. This is shown in figure 6 where the lack of oscillations in the Internuclear Distance vs Time graph signifies the TS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes11.png|thumb|left| Figure 5 - Showing approximate TS at 0.74 Å (HH) and 1.5 Å (HF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes12.png|thumb|right| Figure 6 - Showing accurate TS parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By partially displacing the internuclear distances by +/- 0.01 found for the TS, and using a MEP calculation and using an Energy vs Time graph, the activation energy can be found. As once the trajectory was slightly changed, this would cause it to fall back to the energy of the reactants or products. Using the difference in potential energy on figure 7 and 8 the activation energy can be found. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H, using figure 7, the activation energy was found as:  0.22 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, using figure 8, the activation energy was found as:  29.75 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes14.png|thumb|left| Figure 7 showing activation energy of H2 + F reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes13.png|thumb|right| Figure 8 showing activation energy of HF + H reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions which lead to a successful collision between H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H are: 0.74 Å (HH), momenta = -2.5 and 1.81 Å (HF), momenta = -1.69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to energy conservation throughout the reaction, we can see from figure 9 that HF produces a vibrationally excited state. Which we can identify from the large oscillations in figure 9. This theory of conversation of energy can be confirmed from figure 10. Where we can see that the total energy remains constant. As kinetic energy increases, the potential energy decreases, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vibrational energy of the HF molecule is likely to be dispersed as heat to its surroundings. This can be confirmed experimentally using gas phase IR. Which is able to measure any deviations in vibrational energy, because the photon released demonstrates the relaxation of the vibrationally excited state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes15.png|thumb|left| Figure 9 - Showing contour plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes16.png|thumb|center| Figure 10 - Showing Energy vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes17.png|thumb|right| Figure 11 - Showing Momenta vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules it can be concluded that the activation of a late TS reaction is much more efficiently activated by vibrational energy than the alternative translational energy. While the opposite applies when forming an early TS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As concluded previously, from figure 4, the reaction H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F is exothermic. Therefore, according to the Hammond postulate, this reaction will have an early TS. Where the TS resembles the reactants. Therefore, according to the Empirical Rules discussed above, this reaction should be more efficiently intitiated from translational energy. While the vice versa is true for the reaction going in the opposite direction from HF + F --&amp;gt; H2 + F. Differences in translational and vibrational energy can be explored using different intial momenta. Where the momenta between HH or HF in the diatomic is the vibrational energy. While the momenta between the diatomic and atom represents the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters for the below trajectories include: 0.74 Å AB and 1.81 Å AC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 12 (greater vibrational energy; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5) and 13 (greater translational energy; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4), it can be observed that an excess in translational energy leads to a successful trajectory for H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F, while a greater translational energy does not drive a successful trajectory, with an early TS. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes18.png|thumb|left| Figure 12 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes19.png|thumb|right| Figure 13 - Showing greater translational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While from figure 14 (greater vibrational energy; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5) and 15 (greater translational energy; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3), it can be observed from the graphs that the opposite is true to the previous case. In the reverse direction, HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, a greater vibrational energy drives the endothermic reaction, leading to a successful trajectory with a late TS. While a greater translational energy does not drive a successful reaction. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes20.png|thumb|left| Figure 14 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes21.png|thumb|right| Figure 15 - Showing greater translational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794128</id>
		<title>GatsbyPhysical</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794128"/>
		<updated>2019-06-04T10:46:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Exercise 1: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Physical Computational ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By Gatsby Fitzgerald&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The saddle point on a potential energy diagram represents the transition state (TS). The first partial derivative of the potential with respect to the two intermolecular distances should equal 0. To confirm that the r values represent the saddle point, you calculate the second derivative of r1 multiplied by the second derivative of r2, subtracting from this the second derivative of r1 and r2. If this equation produces a value of less than 0, then the saddle point has been identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At a TS or a minimum, the first derivative of r1 and r2 will be equal to zero. So to find the minimum, the second derivative equation discussed before will equal more than 0, rather than less. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Sort of good. the idea is correct about the saddle point. But in this case, it is not really with respect to r1 and r2. it is actually with respect to 1. the diagonal of r1,r2, which will give you a maximum. 2. the reaction coordinate, which will give a a minimum. That&#039;s why a saddle point is both a minimum and a maximum at the same point, depending on which plane you are looking at. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:40, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using an Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph , the intermolecular TS position can be found. The momentum is set as zero and r1 = r2. By trial and error, the distance in which no oscillation is observed, was found. As the transition state will exist when there is no oscillation, as this is the lowest energy state.  Leading to Figure 1.0 and a value of 0.9075 Å was found&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:42, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gf01358279q2.1.png|thumb|center| Figure 1 - Showing Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph, with equal bond lengths]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 2 and 3, using r1 = 0.9075 Å, r2 = 0.9085 Å and p1=p2=0, show the PES using Dynamic and MEP calculation types respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP stands for Minimum Energy Pathway. It is the lowest energy pathway from reactant to product. As the calculation assumes the atoms have no mass, it does not realistically demonstrate the atoms motion. Therefore, their motion will be inertial. As you can see from Figure 2 there are oscillations, while in Figure 3, there is not. This is because dynamic calculations treat the system as a diatomic and atom, therefore, the diatomic has vibrational energy and oscillations. While MEP treats the species as two solids colliding, so there is no vibrational energy.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hmmm.MEP only gives you the lowest energy pathway. But not always from reactant to product. For example, if you try the HHH system using the very first setting in the script, it is not going to react at all, instead, it will be rolling down the hill, which is further down to the reactant channel. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:46, 4 June 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesdyn.png|thumb|left| Figure 2 - Showing PES using Dynamic calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesmep.png|thumb|right| Figure 3 - Showing PES using MEP calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (KJ/Mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| Reactive || This trajectory involves the conversion of reactants to products via a TS. Therefore, the reactants must have contained enough energy to overcome the activation energy. From the oscillations, it can be concluded that the reactant has no vibrational energy, while the product BC does have vibrational energy as there is oscillations || [[File:gf3617pes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456|| Unreactive || The trajectory does not lead to the formation of products. As the reactants did not have enough energy to overcome the energy to reach the TS. As a result, it can be concluded that the diatomic and atom collide, and then, bounce of each other. From the increase in oscillation, it can be determined that the diatomic gains vibrational energy as a result of the collision|| [[File:gf3617pes2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation, partly because it has a large enough to overcome the TS energy barrier. It can also be seen that both the product and reactant diatomics have vibrational energy, as they both oscillate. || [[File:gf3617pes3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956|| Unreactive || ALthough this trajectory did not lead to irreversible product formation. It can be seen that product is formed, so the reactants must have has enough energy to reach the TS. This is due to the large vibrational energy, demonstrated by the large oscillations, which led to bond breaking of products but not reactants.|| [[File:gf3617pes4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation. While the reactants, although having no vibrational energy, have enough total energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, the product then dissociates, perhaps due to its high vibrational energy. This then causes the reactant to reform, but in an excited state, so it once again dissociates leading to the formation of a product by reacting with the atom. This product has a large amount of vibrational energy, as seen from the large oscillation || [[File:gf3617pes5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher values of momenta, and, therefore, total energy, do not always lead to reactivity. As we do not see a correlation between momenta/total energy and reactivity. Therefore, there must be other factors which determine reactivity. For example, high vibrational energy may cause the newly formed bonds to break forming reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) is used to describe how a reaction occurs, specifically how a transitions in the reaction pathway from products to reactants. The main assumption is the Born-Oppenheimer approximation which states that because nuclei are much heavier than electrons(more than 1000 times), they are, therefore, separated. Ψ=Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;elec&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;nuc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The atoms can then be classically treated separately. A further assumption is that the reactants must collide with enough energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, both assumptions do not take into account tunnelling. The TST assumes that once the molecule has enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, it will from the products. However, as you can see from the last two trajectories of the above question, this is not always the case. Due to high vibrational energy. Furthermore, when there is no equilibrium between products and reactants, according to the Maxwell-Boltzman laws, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the above trajectories, the first three are likely to obey the TST and the reaction rate can be predicted. As once the energy barrier is overcome, the products are formed. While for the last two systems, even though the reactants have enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, this does not necessarily mean products are immediately formed, or formed at all. For example in the fourth trajectory, even though the reactants have enough energy, due to high vibrational energy, the products dissociate back into reactants. While the fifth trajectory undergoes barrier recrossing, which is not predicted or allowed by the TST theory. In these cases, the TST predictions do not align with the experimental values. Because it is assumed that once molecular systems have crossed the TS in the direction of the products they are unable to return and form reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A = H, B = H and C = F. The AB distance = 0.74 Å, BC = 2.3 Å and a momentum of -2.7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 4, it can be concluded that H2 + F is exothermic. Because the product channel, HF (BC) is lower in energy than the reactant channel, H2 (AB). So energy is released. This can be justified by looking at relative bond strength, in which because the HF bond (565 KJ/mol)  is much stronger than H2 (432 KJ/mol), this leads to a release in energy. The difference in bond strength is due to the larger electronegativity difference in HF. Leading to a more polar, stronger bond. Therefore, HF + F must be endothermic, and this is confirmed by figure 4. Because HF is very strong, energy is required to break it. Hence it is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes10.png|thumb|center| Figure 4 - PES showing the reaction pathway of H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using figure 5, the approximate TS can be found as roughly AB (HH)=0.7 and BC (HF)=1.5. Then using trial and error, AB was found to be  0.745 Å while BC was found to be 1.811 Å. This is shown in figure 6 where the lack of oscillations in the Internuclear Distance vs Time graph signifies the TS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes11.png|thumb|left| Figure 5 - Showing approximate TS at 0.74 Å (HH) and 1.5 Å (HF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes12.png|thumb|right| Figure 6 - Showing accurate TS parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By partially displacing the internuclear distances by +/- 0.01 found for the TS, and using a MEP calculation and using an Energy vs Time graph, the activation energy can be found. As once the trajectory was slightly changed, this would cause it to fall back to the energy of the reactants or products. Using the difference in potential energy on figure 7 and 8 the activation energy can be found. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H, using figure 7, the activation energy was found as:  0.22 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, using figure 8, the activation energy was found as:  29.75 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes14.png|thumb|left| Figure 7 showing activation energy of H2 + F reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes13.png|thumb|right| Figure 8 showing activation energy of HF + H reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions which lead to a successful collision between H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H are: 0.74 Å (HH), momenta = -2.5 and 1.81 Å (HF), momenta = -1.69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to energy conservation throughout the reaction, we can see from figure 9 that HF produces a vibrationally excited state. Which we can identify from the large oscillations in figure 9. This theory of conversation of energy can be confirmed from figure 10. Where we can see that the total energy remains constant. As kinetic energy increases, the potential energy decreases, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vibrational energy of the HF molecule is likely to be dispersed as heat to its surroundings. This can be confirmed experimentally using gas phase IR. Which is able to measure any deviations in vibrational energy, because the photon released demonstrates the relaxation of the vibrationally excited state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes15.png|thumb|left| Figure 9 - Showing contour plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes16.png|thumb|center| Figure 10 - Showing Energy vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes17.png|thumb|right| Figure 11 - Showing Momenta vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules it can be concluded that the activation of a late TS reaction is much more efficiently activated by vibrational energy than the alternative translational energy. While the opposite applies when forming an early TS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As concluded previously, from figure 4, the reaction H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F is exothermic. Therefore, according to the Hammond postulate, this reaction will have an early TS. Where the TS resembles the reactants. Therefore, according to the Empirical Rules discussed above, this reaction should be more efficiently intitiated from translational energy. While the vice versa is true for the reaction going in the opposite direction from HF + F --&amp;gt; H2 + F. Differences in translational and vibrational energy can be explored using different intial momenta. Where the momenta between HH or HF in the diatomic is the vibrational energy. While the momenta between the diatomic and atom represents the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters for the below trajectories include: 0.74 Å AB and 1.81 Å AC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 12 (greater vibrational energy; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5) and 13 (greater translational energy; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4), it can be observed that an excess in translational energy leads to a successful trajectory for H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F, while a greater translational energy does not drive a successful trajectory, with an early TS. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes18.png|thumb|left| Figure 12 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes19.png|thumb|right| Figure 13 - Showing greater translational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While from figure 14 (greater vibrational energy; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5) and 15 (greater translational energy; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3), it can be observed from the graphs that the opposite is true to the previous case. In the reverse direction, HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, a greater vibrational energy drives the endothermic reaction, leading to a successful trajectory with a late TS. While a greater translational energy does not drive a successful reaction. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes20.png|thumb|left| Figure 14 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes21.png|thumb|right| Figure 15 - Showing greater translational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794127</id>
		<title>GatsbyPhysical</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794127"/>
		<updated>2019-06-04T10:46:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Exercise 1: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Physical Computational ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By Gatsby Fitzgerald&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The saddle point on a potential energy diagram represents the transition state (TS). The first partial derivative of the potential with respect to the two intermolecular distances should equal 0. To confirm that the r values represent the saddle point, you calculate the second derivative of r1 multiplied by the second derivative of r2, subtracting from this the second derivative of r1 and r2. If this equation produces a value of less than 0, then the saddle point has been identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At a TS or a minimum, the first derivative of r1 and r2 will be equal to zero. So to find the minimum, the second derivative equation discussed before will equal more than 0, rather than less. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Sort of good. the idea is correct about the saddle point. But in this case, it is not really with respect to r1 and r2. it is actually with respect to 1. the diagonal of r1,r2, which will give you a maximum. 2. the reaction coordinate, which will give a a minimum. That&#039;s why a saddle point is both a minimum and a maximum at the same point, depending on which plane you are looking at. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:40, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using an Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph , the intermolecular TS position can be found. The momentum is set as zero and r1 = r2. By trial and error, the distance in which no oscillation is observed, was found. As the transition state will exist when there is no oscillation, as this is the lowest energy state.  Leading to Figure 1.0 and a value of 0.9075 Å was found&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:42, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gf01358279q2.1.png|thumb|center| Figure 1 - Showing Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph, with equal bond lengths]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 2 and 3, using r1 = 0.9075 Å, r2 = 0.9085 Å and p1=p2=0, show the PES using Dynamic and MEP calculation types respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP stands for Minimum Energy Pathway. It is the lowest energy pathway from reactant to product. As the calculation assumes the atoms have no mass, it does not realistically demonstrate the atoms motion. Therefore, their motion will be inertial. As you can see from Figure 2 there are oscillations, while in Figure 3, there is not. This is because dynamic calculations treat the system as a diatomic and atom, therefore, the diatomic has vibrational energy and oscillations. While MEP treats the species as two solids colliding, so there is no vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Hmmm.MEP only gives you the lowest energy pathway. But not always from reactant to product. For example, if you try the HHH system using the very first setting in the script, it is not going to react at all, instead, it will be rolling down the hill, which is further down to the reactant channel. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:46, 4 June 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesdyn.png|thumb|left| Figure 2 - Showing PES using Dynamic calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesmep.png|thumb|right| Figure 3 - Showing PES using MEP calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (KJ/Mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| Reactive || This trajectory involves the conversion of reactants to products via a TS. Therefore, the reactants must have contained enough energy to overcome the activation energy. From the oscillations, it can be concluded that the reactant has no vibrational energy, while the product BC does have vibrational energy as there is oscillations || [[File:gf3617pes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456|| Unreactive || The trajectory does not lead to the formation of products. As the reactants did not have enough energy to overcome the energy to reach the TS. As a result, it can be concluded that the diatomic and atom collide, and then, bounce of each other. From the increase in oscillation, it can be determined that the diatomic gains vibrational energy as a result of the collision|| [[File:gf3617pes2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation, partly because it has a large enough to overcome the TS energy barrier. It can also be seen that both the product and reactant diatomics have vibrational energy, as they both oscillate. || [[File:gf3617pes3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956|| Unreactive || ALthough this trajectory did not lead to irreversible product formation. It can be seen that product is formed, so the reactants must have has enough energy to reach the TS. This is due to the large vibrational energy, demonstrated by the large oscillations, which led to bond breaking of products but not reactants.|| [[File:gf3617pes4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation. While the reactants, although having no vibrational energy, have enough total energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, the product then dissociates, perhaps due to its high vibrational energy. This then causes the reactant to reform, but in an excited state, so it once again dissociates leading to the formation of a product by reacting with the atom. This product has a large amount of vibrational energy, as seen from the large oscillation || [[File:gf3617pes5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher values of momenta, and, therefore, total energy, do not always lead to reactivity. As we do not see a correlation between momenta/total energy and reactivity. Therefore, there must be other factors which determine reactivity. For example, high vibrational energy may cause the newly formed bonds to break forming reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) is used to describe how a reaction occurs, specifically how a transitions in the reaction pathway from products to reactants. The main assumption is the Born-Oppenheimer approximation which states that because nuclei are much heavier than electrons(more than 1000 times), they are, therefore, separated. Ψ=Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;elec&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;nuc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The atoms can then be classically treated separately. A further assumption is that the reactants must collide with enough energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, both assumptions do not take into account tunnelling. The TST assumes that once the molecule has enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, it will from the products. However, as you can see from the last two trajectories of the above question, this is not always the case. Due to high vibrational energy. Furthermore, when there is no equilibrium between products and reactants, according to the Maxwell-Boltzman laws, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the above trajectories, the first three are likely to obey the TST and the reaction rate can be predicted. As once the energy barrier is overcome, the products are formed. While for the last two systems, even though the reactants have enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, this does not necessarily mean products are immediately formed, or formed at all. For example in the fourth trajectory, even though the reactants have enough energy, due to high vibrational energy, the products dissociate back into reactants. While the fifth trajectory undergoes barrier recrossing, which is not predicted or allowed by the TST theory. In these cases, the TST predictions do not align with the experimental values. Because it is assumed that once molecular systems have crossed the TS in the direction of the products they are unable to return and form reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A = H, B = H and C = F. The AB distance = 0.74 Å, BC = 2.3 Å and a momentum of -2.7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 4, it can be concluded that H2 + F is exothermic. Because the product channel, HF (BC) is lower in energy than the reactant channel, H2 (AB). So energy is released. This can be justified by looking at relative bond strength, in which because the HF bond (565 KJ/mol)  is much stronger than H2 (432 KJ/mol), this leads to a release in energy. The difference in bond strength is due to the larger electronegativity difference in HF. Leading to a more polar, stronger bond. Therefore, HF + F must be endothermic, and this is confirmed by figure 4. Because HF is very strong, energy is required to break it. Hence it is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes10.png|thumb|center| Figure 4 - PES showing the reaction pathway of H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using figure 5, the approximate TS can be found as roughly AB (HH)=0.7 and BC (HF)=1.5. Then using trial and error, AB was found to be  0.745 Å while BC was found to be 1.811 Å. This is shown in figure 6 where the lack of oscillations in the Internuclear Distance vs Time graph signifies the TS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes11.png|thumb|left| Figure 5 - Showing approximate TS at 0.74 Å (HH) and 1.5 Å (HF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes12.png|thumb|right| Figure 6 - Showing accurate TS parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By partially displacing the internuclear distances by +/- 0.01 found for the TS, and using a MEP calculation and using an Energy vs Time graph, the activation energy can be found. As once the trajectory was slightly changed, this would cause it to fall back to the energy of the reactants or products. Using the difference in potential energy on figure 7 and 8 the activation energy can be found. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H, using figure 7, the activation energy was found as:  0.22 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, using figure 8, the activation energy was found as:  29.75 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes14.png|thumb|left| Figure 7 showing activation energy of H2 + F reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes13.png|thumb|right| Figure 8 showing activation energy of HF + H reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions which lead to a successful collision between H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H are: 0.74 Å (HH), momenta = -2.5 and 1.81 Å (HF), momenta = -1.69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to energy conservation throughout the reaction, we can see from figure 9 that HF produces a vibrationally excited state. Which we can identify from the large oscillations in figure 9. This theory of conversation of energy can be confirmed from figure 10. Where we can see that the total energy remains constant. As kinetic energy increases, the potential energy decreases, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vibrational energy of the HF molecule is likely to be dispersed as heat to its surroundings. This can be confirmed experimentally using gas phase IR. Which is able to measure any deviations in vibrational energy, because the photon released demonstrates the relaxation of the vibrationally excited state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes15.png|thumb|left| Figure 9 - Showing contour plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes16.png|thumb|center| Figure 10 - Showing Energy vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes17.png|thumb|right| Figure 11 - Showing Momenta vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules it can be concluded that the activation of a late TS reaction is much more efficiently activated by vibrational energy than the alternative translational energy. While the opposite applies when forming an early TS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As concluded previously, from figure 4, the reaction H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F is exothermic. Therefore, according to the Hammond postulate, this reaction will have an early TS. Where the TS resembles the reactants. Therefore, according to the Empirical Rules discussed above, this reaction should be more efficiently intitiated from translational energy. While the vice versa is true for the reaction going in the opposite direction from HF + F --&amp;gt; H2 + F. Differences in translational and vibrational energy can be explored using different intial momenta. Where the momenta between HH or HF in the diatomic is the vibrational energy. While the momenta between the diatomic and atom represents the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters for the below trajectories include: 0.74 Å AB and 1.81 Å AC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 12 (greater vibrational energy; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5) and 13 (greater translational energy; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4), it can be observed that an excess in translational energy leads to a successful trajectory for H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F, while a greater translational energy does not drive a successful trajectory, with an early TS. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes18.png|thumb|left| Figure 12 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes19.png|thumb|right| Figure 13 - Showing greater translational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While from figure 14 (greater vibrational energy; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5) and 15 (greater translational energy; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3), it can be observed from the graphs that the opposite is true to the previous case. In the reverse direction, HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, a greater vibrational energy drives the endothermic reaction, leading to a successful trajectory with a late TS. While a greater translational energy does not drive a successful reaction. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes20.png|thumb|left| Figure 14 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes21.png|thumb|right| Figure 15 - Showing greater translational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794126</id>
		<title>GatsbyPhysical</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794126"/>
		<updated>2019-06-04T10:42:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Exercise 1: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Physical Computational ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By Gatsby Fitzgerald&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The saddle point on a potential energy diagram represents the transition state (TS). The first partial derivative of the potential with respect to the two intermolecular distances should equal 0. To confirm that the r values represent the saddle point, you calculate the second derivative of r1 multiplied by the second derivative of r2, subtracting from this the second derivative of r1 and r2. If this equation produces a value of less than 0, then the saddle point has been identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At a TS or a minimum, the first derivative of r1 and r2 will be equal to zero. So to find the minimum, the second derivative equation discussed before will equal more than 0, rather than less. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Sort of good. the idea is correct about the saddle point. But in this case, it is not really with respect to r1 and r2. it is actually with respect to 1. the diagonal of r1,r2, which will give you a maximum. 2. the reaction coordinate, which will give a a minimum. That&#039;s why a saddle point is both a minimum and a maximum at the same point, depending on which plane you are looking at. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:40, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using an Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph , the intermolecular TS position can be found. The momentum is set as zero and r1 = r2. By trial and error, the distance in which no oscillation is observed, was found. As the transition state will exist when there is no oscillation, as this is the lowest energy state.  Leading to Figure 1.0 and a value of 0.9075 Å was found&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:42, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gf01358279q2.1.png|thumb|center| Figure 1 - Showing Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph, with equal bond lengths]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 2 and 3, using r1 = 0.9075 Å, r2 = 0.9085 Å and p1=p2=0, show the PES using Dynamic and MEP calculation types respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP stands for Minimum Energy Pathway. It is the lowest energy pathway from reactant to product. As the calculation assumes the atoms have no mass, it does not realistically demonstrate the atoms motion. Therefore, their motion will be inertial. As you can see from Figure 2 there are oscillations, while in Figure 3, there is not. This is because dynamic calculations treat the system as a diatomic and atom, therefore, the diatomic has vibrational energy and oscillations. While MEP treats the species as two solids colliding, so there is no vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesdyn.png|thumb|left| Figure 2 - Showing PES using Dynamic calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesmep.png|thumb|right| Figure 3 - Showing PES using MEP calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (KJ/Mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| Reactive || This trajectory involves the conversion of reactants to products via a TS. Therefore, the reactants must have contained enough energy to overcome the activation energy. From the oscillations, it can be concluded that the reactant has no vibrational energy, while the product BC does have vibrational energy as there is oscillations || [[File:gf3617pes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456|| Unreactive || The trajectory does not lead to the formation of products. As the reactants did not have enough energy to overcome the energy to reach the TS. As a result, it can be concluded that the diatomic and atom collide, and then, bounce of each other. From the increase in oscillation, it can be determined that the diatomic gains vibrational energy as a result of the collision|| [[File:gf3617pes2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation, partly because it has a large enough to overcome the TS energy barrier. It can also be seen that both the product and reactant diatomics have vibrational energy, as they both oscillate. || [[File:gf3617pes3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956|| Unreactive || ALthough this trajectory did not lead to irreversible product formation. It can be seen that product is formed, so the reactants must have has enough energy to reach the TS. This is due to the large vibrational energy, demonstrated by the large oscillations, which led to bond breaking of products but not reactants.|| [[File:gf3617pes4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation. While the reactants, although having no vibrational energy, have enough total energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, the product then dissociates, perhaps due to its high vibrational energy. This then causes the reactant to reform, but in an excited state, so it once again dissociates leading to the formation of a product by reacting with the atom. This product has a large amount of vibrational energy, as seen from the large oscillation || [[File:gf3617pes5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher values of momenta, and, therefore, total energy, do not always lead to reactivity. As we do not see a correlation between momenta/total energy and reactivity. Therefore, there must be other factors which determine reactivity. For example, high vibrational energy may cause the newly formed bonds to break forming reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) is used to describe how a reaction occurs, specifically how a transitions in the reaction pathway from products to reactants. The main assumption is the Born-Oppenheimer approximation which states that because nuclei are much heavier than electrons(more than 1000 times), they are, therefore, separated. Ψ=Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;elec&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;nuc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The atoms can then be classically treated separately. A further assumption is that the reactants must collide with enough energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, both assumptions do not take into account tunnelling. The TST assumes that once the molecule has enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, it will from the products. However, as you can see from the last two trajectories of the above question, this is not always the case. Due to high vibrational energy. Furthermore, when there is no equilibrium between products and reactants, according to the Maxwell-Boltzman laws, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the above trajectories, the first three are likely to obey the TST and the reaction rate can be predicted. As once the energy barrier is overcome, the products are formed. While for the last two systems, even though the reactants have enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, this does not necessarily mean products are immediately formed, or formed at all. For example in the fourth trajectory, even though the reactants have enough energy, due to high vibrational energy, the products dissociate back into reactants. While the fifth trajectory undergoes barrier recrossing, which is not predicted or allowed by the TST theory. In these cases, the TST predictions do not align with the experimental values. Because it is assumed that once molecular systems have crossed the TS in the direction of the products they are unable to return and form reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A = H, B = H and C = F. The AB distance = 0.74 Å, BC = 2.3 Å and a momentum of -2.7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 4, it can be concluded that H2 + F is exothermic. Because the product channel, HF (BC) is lower in energy than the reactant channel, H2 (AB). So energy is released. This can be justified by looking at relative bond strength, in which because the HF bond (565 KJ/mol)  is much stronger than H2 (432 KJ/mol), this leads to a release in energy. The difference in bond strength is due to the larger electronegativity difference in HF. Leading to a more polar, stronger bond. Therefore, HF + F must be endothermic, and this is confirmed by figure 4. Because HF is very strong, energy is required to break it. Hence it is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes10.png|thumb|center| Figure 4 - PES showing the reaction pathway of H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using figure 5, the approximate TS can be found as roughly AB (HH)=0.7 and BC (HF)=1.5. Then using trial and error, AB was found to be  0.745 Å while BC was found to be 1.811 Å. This is shown in figure 6 where the lack of oscillations in the Internuclear Distance vs Time graph signifies the TS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes11.png|thumb|left| Figure 5 - Showing approximate TS at 0.74 Å (HH) and 1.5 Å (HF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes12.png|thumb|right| Figure 6 - Showing accurate TS parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By partially displacing the internuclear distances by +/- 0.01 found for the TS, and using a MEP calculation and using an Energy vs Time graph, the activation energy can be found. As once the trajectory was slightly changed, this would cause it to fall back to the energy of the reactants or products. Using the difference in potential energy on figure 7 and 8 the activation energy can be found. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H, using figure 7, the activation energy was found as:  0.22 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, using figure 8, the activation energy was found as:  29.75 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes14.png|thumb|left| Figure 7 showing activation energy of H2 + F reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes13.png|thumb|right| Figure 8 showing activation energy of HF + H reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions which lead to a successful collision between H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H are: 0.74 Å (HH), momenta = -2.5 and 1.81 Å (HF), momenta = -1.69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to energy conservation throughout the reaction, we can see from figure 9 that HF produces a vibrationally excited state. Which we can identify from the large oscillations in figure 9. This theory of conversation of energy can be confirmed from figure 10. Where we can see that the total energy remains constant. As kinetic energy increases, the potential energy decreases, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vibrational energy of the HF molecule is likely to be dispersed as heat to its surroundings. This can be confirmed experimentally using gas phase IR. Which is able to measure any deviations in vibrational energy, because the photon released demonstrates the relaxation of the vibrationally excited state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes15.png|thumb|left| Figure 9 - Showing contour plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes16.png|thumb|center| Figure 10 - Showing Energy vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes17.png|thumb|right| Figure 11 - Showing Momenta vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules it can be concluded that the activation of a late TS reaction is much more efficiently activated by vibrational energy than the alternative translational energy. While the opposite applies when forming an early TS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As concluded previously, from figure 4, the reaction H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F is exothermic. Therefore, according to the Hammond postulate, this reaction will have an early TS. Where the TS resembles the reactants. Therefore, according to the Empirical Rules discussed above, this reaction should be more efficiently intitiated from translational energy. While the vice versa is true for the reaction going in the opposite direction from HF + F --&amp;gt; H2 + F. Differences in translational and vibrational energy can be explored using different intial momenta. Where the momenta between HH or HF in the diatomic is the vibrational energy. While the momenta between the diatomic and atom represents the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters for the below trajectories include: 0.74 Å AB and 1.81 Å AC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 12 (greater vibrational energy; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5) and 13 (greater translational energy; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4), it can be observed that an excess in translational energy leads to a successful trajectory for H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F, while a greater translational energy does not drive a successful trajectory, with an early TS. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes18.png|thumb|left| Figure 12 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes19.png|thumb|right| Figure 13 - Showing greater translational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While from figure 14 (greater vibrational energy; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5) and 15 (greater translational energy; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3), it can be observed from the graphs that the opposite is true to the previous case. In the reverse direction, HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, a greater vibrational energy drives the endothermic reaction, leading to a successful trajectory with a late TS. While a greater translational energy does not drive a successful reaction. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes20.png|thumb|left| Figure 14 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes21.png|thumb|right| Figure 15 - Showing greater translational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794125</id>
		<title>GatsbyPhysical</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794125"/>
		<updated>2019-06-04T10:41:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Exercise 1: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Physical Computational ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By Gatsby Fitzgerald&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The saddle point on a potential energy diagram represents the transition state (TS). The first partial derivative of the potential with respect to the two intermolecular distances should equal 0. To confirm that the r values represent the saddle point, you calculate the second derivative of r1 multiplied by the second derivative of r2, subtracting from this the second derivative of r1 and r2. If this equation produces a value of less than 0, then the saddle point has been identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At a TS or a minimum, the first derivative of r1 and r2 will be equal to zero. So to find the minimum, the second derivative equation discussed before will equal more than 0, rather than less. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Sort of good. the idea is correct about the saddle point. But in this case, it is not really with respect to r1 and r2. it is actually with respect to 1. the diagonal of r1,r2, which will give you a maximum. 2. the reaction coordinate, which will give a a minimum. That&#039;s why a saddle point is both a minimum and a maximum at the same point, depending on which plane you are looking at. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:40, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using an Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph , the intermolecular TS position can be found. The momentum is set as zero and r1 = r2. By trial and error, the distance in which no oscillation is observed, was found. As the transition state will exist when there is no oscillation, as this is the lowest energy state.  Leading to Figure 1.0 and a value of 0.9075 Å was found&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gf01358279q2.1.png|thumb|center| Figure 1 - Showing Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph, with equal bond lengths]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 2 and 3, using r1 = 0.9075 Å, r2 = 0.9085 Å and p1=p2=0, show the PES using Dynamic and MEP calculation types respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP stands for Minimum Energy Pathway. It is the lowest energy pathway from reactant to product. As the calculation assumes the atoms have no mass, it does not realistically demonstrate the atoms motion. Therefore, their motion will be inertial. As you can see from Figure 2 there are oscillations, while in Figure 3, there is not. This is because dynamic calculations treat the system as a diatomic and atom, therefore, the diatomic has vibrational energy and oscillations. While MEP treats the species as two solids colliding, so there is no vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesdyn.png|thumb|left| Figure 2 - Showing PES using Dynamic calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesmep.png|thumb|right| Figure 3 - Showing PES using MEP calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (KJ/Mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| Reactive || This trajectory involves the conversion of reactants to products via a TS. Therefore, the reactants must have contained enough energy to overcome the activation energy. From the oscillations, it can be concluded that the reactant has no vibrational energy, while the product BC does have vibrational energy as there is oscillations || [[File:gf3617pes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456|| Unreactive || The trajectory does not lead to the formation of products. As the reactants did not have enough energy to overcome the energy to reach the TS. As a result, it can be concluded that the diatomic and atom collide, and then, bounce of each other. From the increase in oscillation, it can be determined that the diatomic gains vibrational energy as a result of the collision|| [[File:gf3617pes2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation, partly because it has a large enough to overcome the TS energy barrier. It can also be seen that both the product and reactant diatomics have vibrational energy, as they both oscillate. || [[File:gf3617pes3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956|| Unreactive || ALthough this trajectory did not lead to irreversible product formation. It can be seen that product is formed, so the reactants must have has enough energy to reach the TS. This is due to the large vibrational energy, demonstrated by the large oscillations, which led to bond breaking of products but not reactants.|| [[File:gf3617pes4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation. While the reactants, although having no vibrational energy, have enough total energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, the product then dissociates, perhaps due to its high vibrational energy. This then causes the reactant to reform, but in an excited state, so it once again dissociates leading to the formation of a product by reacting with the atom. This product has a large amount of vibrational energy, as seen from the large oscillation || [[File:gf3617pes5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher values of momenta, and, therefore, total energy, do not always lead to reactivity. As we do not see a correlation between momenta/total energy and reactivity. Therefore, there must be other factors which determine reactivity. For example, high vibrational energy may cause the newly formed bonds to break forming reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) is used to describe how a reaction occurs, specifically how a transitions in the reaction pathway from products to reactants. The main assumption is the Born-Oppenheimer approximation which states that because nuclei are much heavier than electrons(more than 1000 times), they are, therefore, separated. Ψ=Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;elec&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;nuc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The atoms can then be classically treated separately. A further assumption is that the reactants must collide with enough energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, both assumptions do not take into account tunnelling. The TST assumes that once the molecule has enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, it will from the products. However, as you can see from the last two trajectories of the above question, this is not always the case. Due to high vibrational energy. Furthermore, when there is no equilibrium between products and reactants, according to the Maxwell-Boltzman laws, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the above trajectories, the first three are likely to obey the TST and the reaction rate can be predicted. As once the energy barrier is overcome, the products are formed. While for the last two systems, even though the reactants have enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, this does not necessarily mean products are immediately formed, or formed at all. For example in the fourth trajectory, even though the reactants have enough energy, due to high vibrational energy, the products dissociate back into reactants. While the fifth trajectory undergoes barrier recrossing, which is not predicted or allowed by the TST theory. In these cases, the TST predictions do not align with the experimental values. Because it is assumed that once molecular systems have crossed the TS in the direction of the products they are unable to return and form reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A = H, B = H and C = F. The AB distance = 0.74 Å, BC = 2.3 Å and a momentum of -2.7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 4, it can be concluded that H2 + F is exothermic. Because the product channel, HF (BC) is lower in energy than the reactant channel, H2 (AB). So energy is released. This can be justified by looking at relative bond strength, in which because the HF bond (565 KJ/mol)  is much stronger than H2 (432 KJ/mol), this leads to a release in energy. The difference in bond strength is due to the larger electronegativity difference in HF. Leading to a more polar, stronger bond. Therefore, HF + F must be endothermic, and this is confirmed by figure 4. Because HF is very strong, energy is required to break it. Hence it is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes10.png|thumb|center| Figure 4 - PES showing the reaction pathway of H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using figure 5, the approximate TS can be found as roughly AB (HH)=0.7 and BC (HF)=1.5. Then using trial and error, AB was found to be  0.745 Å while BC was found to be 1.811 Å. This is shown in figure 6 where the lack of oscillations in the Internuclear Distance vs Time graph signifies the TS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes11.png|thumb|left| Figure 5 - Showing approximate TS at 0.74 Å (HH) and 1.5 Å (HF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes12.png|thumb|right| Figure 6 - Showing accurate TS parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By partially displacing the internuclear distances by +/- 0.01 found for the TS, and using a MEP calculation and using an Energy vs Time graph, the activation energy can be found. As once the trajectory was slightly changed, this would cause it to fall back to the energy of the reactants or products. Using the difference in potential energy on figure 7 and 8 the activation energy can be found. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H, using figure 7, the activation energy was found as:  0.22 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, using figure 8, the activation energy was found as:  29.75 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes14.png|thumb|left| Figure 7 showing activation energy of H2 + F reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes13.png|thumb|right| Figure 8 showing activation energy of HF + H reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions which lead to a successful collision between H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H are: 0.74 Å (HH), momenta = -2.5 and 1.81 Å (HF), momenta = -1.69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to energy conservation throughout the reaction, we can see from figure 9 that HF produces a vibrationally excited state. Which we can identify from the large oscillations in figure 9. This theory of conversation of energy can be confirmed from figure 10. Where we can see that the total energy remains constant. As kinetic energy increases, the potential energy decreases, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vibrational energy of the HF molecule is likely to be dispersed as heat to its surroundings. This can be confirmed experimentally using gas phase IR. Which is able to measure any deviations in vibrational energy, because the photon released demonstrates the relaxation of the vibrationally excited state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes15.png|thumb|left| Figure 9 - Showing contour plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes16.png|thumb|center| Figure 10 - Showing Energy vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes17.png|thumb|right| Figure 11 - Showing Momenta vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules it can be concluded that the activation of a late TS reaction is much more efficiently activated by vibrational energy than the alternative translational energy. While the opposite applies when forming an early TS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As concluded previously, from figure 4, the reaction H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F is exothermic. Therefore, according to the Hammond postulate, this reaction will have an early TS. Where the TS resembles the reactants. Therefore, according to the Empirical Rules discussed above, this reaction should be more efficiently intitiated from translational energy. While the vice versa is true for the reaction going in the opposite direction from HF + F --&amp;gt; H2 + F. Differences in translational and vibrational energy can be explored using different intial momenta. Where the momenta between HH or HF in the diatomic is the vibrational energy. While the momenta between the diatomic and atom represents the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters for the below trajectories include: 0.74 Å AB and 1.81 Å AC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 12 (greater vibrational energy; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5) and 13 (greater translational energy; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4), it can be observed that an excess in translational energy leads to a successful trajectory for H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F, while a greater translational energy does not drive a successful trajectory, with an early TS. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes18.png|thumb|left| Figure 12 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes19.png|thumb|right| Figure 13 - Showing greater translational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While from figure 14 (greater vibrational energy; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5) and 15 (greater translational energy; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3), it can be observed from the graphs that the opposite is true to the previous case. In the reverse direction, HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, a greater vibrational energy drives the endothermic reaction, leading to a successful trajectory with a late TS. While a greater translational energy does not drive a successful reaction. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes20.png|thumb|left| Figure 14 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes21.png|thumb|right| Figure 15 - Showing greater translational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794124</id>
		<title>GatsbyPhysical</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=GatsbyPhysical&amp;diff=794124"/>
		<updated>2019-06-04T10:40:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Exercise 1: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Physical Computational ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By Gatsby Fitzgerald&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 1: ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The saddle point on a potential energy diagram represents the transition state (TS). The first partial derivative of the potential with respect to the two intermolecular distances should equal 0. To confirm that the r values represent the saddle point, you calculate the second derivative of r1 multiplied by the second derivative of r2, subtracting from this the second derivative of r1 and r2. If this equation produces a value of less than 0, then the saddle point has been identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At a TS or a minimum, the first derivative of r1 and r2 will be equal to zero. So to find the minimum, the second derivative equation discussed before will equal more than 0, rather than less. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Sort of good. the idea is correct about the saddle point. But in this case, it is not really with respect to r1 and r2. it is actually with respect to 1. the diagonal of r1,r2, which will give you a maximum. 2. the reaction coordinate, which will give a a minimum. That&#039;s why a saddle point is both a minimum and a maximum at the same point, depending on which plane you are looking at. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 11:40, 4 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using an Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph , the intermolecular TS position can be found. The momentum is set as zero and r1 = r2. By trial and error, the distance in which no oscillation is observed, was found. As the transition state will exist when there is no oscillation, as this is the lowest energy state.  Leading to Figure 1.0 and a value of 0.9075 Å was found&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gf01358279q2.1.png|thumb|center| Figure 1 - Showing Intermolecular Distance vs Time graph, with equal bond lengths]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 2 and 3, using r1 = 0.9075 Å, r2 = 0.9085 Å and p1=p2=0, show the PES using Dynamic and MEP calculation types respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP stands for Minimum Energy Pathway. It is the lowest energy pathway from reactant to product. As the calculation assumes the atoms have no mass, it does not realistically demonstrate the atoms motion. Therefore, their motion will be inertial. As you can see from Figure 2 there are oscillations, while in Figure 3, there is not. This is because dynamic calculations treat the system as a diatomic and atom, therefore, the diatomic has vibrational energy and oscillations. While MEP treats the species as two solids colliding, so there is no vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesdyn.png|thumb|left| Figure 2 - Showing PES using Dynamic calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pesmep.png|thumb|right| Figure 3 - Showing PES using MEP calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete the table above by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (KJ/Mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| Reactive || This trajectory involves the conversion of reactants to products via a TS. Therefore, the reactants must have contained enough energy to overcome the activation energy. From the oscillations, it can be concluded that the reactant has no vibrational energy, while the product BC does have vibrational energy as there is oscillations || [[File:gf3617pes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456|| Unreactive || The trajectory does not lead to the formation of products. As the reactants did not have enough energy to overcome the energy to reach the TS. As a result, it can be concluded that the diatomic and atom collide, and then, bounce of each other. From the increase in oscillation, it can be determined that the diatomic gains vibrational energy as a result of the collision|| [[File:gf3617pes2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation, partly because it has a large enough to overcome the TS energy barrier. It can also be seen that both the product and reactant diatomics have vibrational energy, as they both oscillate. || [[File:gf3617pes3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956|| Unreactive || ALthough this trajectory did not lead to irreversible product formation. It can be seen that product is formed, so the reactants must have has enough energy to reach the TS. This is due to the large vibrational energy, demonstrated by the large oscillations, which led to bond breaking of products but not reactants.|| [[File:gf3617pes4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416|| Reactive|| This trajectory leads to product formation. While the reactants, although having no vibrational energy, have enough total energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, the product then dissociates, perhaps due to its high vibrational energy. This then causes the reactant to reform, but in an excited state, so it once again dissociates leading to the formation of a product by reacting with the atom. This product has a large amount of vibrational energy, as seen from the large oscillation || [[File:gf3617pes5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Higher values of momenta, and, therefore, total energy, do not always lead to reactivity. As we do not see a correlation between momenta/total energy and reactivity. Therefore, there must be other factors which determine reactivity. For example, high vibrational energy may cause the newly formed bonds to break forming reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) is used to describe how a reaction occurs, specifically how a transitions in the reaction pathway from products to reactants. The main assumption is the Born-Oppenheimer approximation which states that because nuclei are much heavier than electrons(more than 1000 times), they are, therefore, separated. Ψ=Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;elec&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;Ψ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;nuc&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The atoms can then be classically treated separately. A further assumption is that the reactants must collide with enough energy to overcome the TS energy barrier. However, both assumptions do not take into account tunnelling. The TST assumes that once the molecule has enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, it will from the products. However, as you can see from the last two trajectories of the above question, this is not always the case. Due to high vibrational energy. Furthermore, when there is no equilibrium between products and reactants, according to the Maxwell-Boltzman laws, the transition states that are becoming products are distributed among their states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the above trajectories, the first three are likely to obey the TST and the reaction rate can be predicted. As once the energy barrier is overcome, the products are formed. While for the last two systems, even though the reactants have enough energy to overcome the TS barrier, this does not necessarily mean products are immediately formed, or formed at all. For example in the fourth trajectory, even though the reactants have enough energy, due to high vibrational energy, the products dissociate back into reactants. While the fifth trajectory undergoes barrier recrossing, which is not predicted or allowed by the TST theory. In these cases, the TST predictions do not align with the experimental values. Because it is assumed that once molecular systems have crossed the TS in the direction of the products they are unable to return and form reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercise 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atom A = H, B = H and C = F. The AB distance = 0.74 Å, BC = 2.3 Å and a momentum of -2.7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 4, it can be concluded that H2 + F is exothermic. Because the product channel, HF (BC) is lower in energy than the reactant channel, H2 (AB). So energy is released. This can be justified by looking at relative bond strength, in which because the HF bond (565 KJ/mol)  is much stronger than H2 (432 KJ/mol), this leads to a release in energy. The difference in bond strength is due to the larger electronegativity difference in HF. Leading to a more polar, stronger bond. Therefore, HF + F must be endothermic, and this is confirmed by figure 4. Because HF is very strong, energy is required to break it. Hence it is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes10.png|thumb|center| Figure 4 - PES showing the reaction pathway of H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using figure 5, the approximate TS can be found as roughly AB (HH)=0.7 and BC (HF)=1.5. Then using trial and error, AB was found to be  0.745 Å while BC was found to be 1.811 Å. This is shown in figure 6 where the lack of oscillations in the Internuclear Distance vs Time graph signifies the TS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes11.png|thumb|left| Figure 5 - Showing approximate TS at 0.74 Å (HH) and 1.5 Å (HF)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes12.png|thumb|right| Figure 6 - Showing accurate TS parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By partially displacing the internuclear distances by +/- 0.01 found for the TS, and using a MEP calculation and using an Energy vs Time graph, the activation energy can be found. As once the trajectory was slightly changed, this would cause it to fall back to the energy of the reactants or products. Using the difference in potential energy on figure 7 and 8 the activation energy can be found. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H, using figure 7, the activation energy was found as:  0.22 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, using figure 8, the activation energy was found as:  29.75 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes14.png|thumb|left| Figure 7 showing activation energy of H2 + F reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes13.png|thumb|right| Figure 8 showing activation energy of HF + H reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions which lead to a successful collision between H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + H are: 0.74 Å (HH), momenta = -2.5 and 1.81 Å (HF), momenta = -1.69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to energy conservation throughout the reaction, we can see from figure 9 that HF produces a vibrationally excited state. Which we can identify from the large oscillations in figure 9. This theory of conversation of energy can be confirmed from figure 10. Where we can see that the total energy remains constant. As kinetic energy increases, the potential energy decreases, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vibrational energy of the HF molecule is likely to be dispersed as heat to its surroundings. This can be confirmed experimentally using gas phase IR. Which is able to measure any deviations in vibrational energy, because the photon released demonstrates the relaxation of the vibrationally excited state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes15.png|thumb|left| Figure 9 - Showing contour plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes16.png|thumb|center| Figure 10 - Showing Energy vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes17.png|thumb|right| Figure 11 - Showing Momenta vs Time plot for the successful trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules it can be concluded that the activation of a late TS reaction is much more efficiently activated by vibrational energy than the alternative translational energy. While the opposite applies when forming an early TS. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As concluded previously, from figure 4, the reaction H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F is exothermic. Therefore, according to the Hammond postulate, this reaction will have an early TS. Where the TS resembles the reactants. Therefore, according to the Empirical Rules discussed above, this reaction should be more efficiently intitiated from translational energy. While the vice versa is true for the reaction going in the opposite direction from HF + F --&amp;gt; H2 + F. Differences in translational and vibrational energy can be explored using different intial momenta. Where the momenta between HH or HF in the diatomic is the vibrational energy. While the momenta between the diatomic and atom represents the translational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameters for the below trajectories include: 0.74 Å AB and 1.81 Å AC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From figure 12 (greater vibrational energy; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5) and 13 (greater translational energy; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4), it can be observed that an excess in translational energy leads to a successful trajectory for H2 + F --&amp;gt; HF + F, while a greater translational energy does not drive a successful trajectory, with an early TS. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes18.png|thumb|left| Figure 12 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HH)=-3, p(HF)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes19.png|thumb|right| Figure 13 - Showing greater translational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HH)=-0.5, p(HF)=-2.4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While from figure 14 (greater vibrational energy; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5) and 15 (greater translational energy; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3), it can be observed from the graphs that the opposite is true to the previous case. In the reverse direction, HF + H --&amp;gt; H2 + F, a greater vibrational energy drives the endothermic reaction, leading to a successful trajectory with a late TS. While a greater translational energy does not drive a successful reaction. These results support and agree with Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes20.png|thumb|left| Figure 14 - Showing greater vibrational energy leading to a successful reaction; p(HF)=-2, p(HH)=-0.5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gf3617pes21.png|thumb|right| Figure 15 - Showing greater translational energy leading to an unsuccessful reaction; p(HF)=-0.5, p(HH)=-3]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794101</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794101"/>
		<updated>2019-06-03T14:22:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that position.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, I think you&#039;ve understood the concept. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn towards any of the wells shown in the diagram which means that the species are right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph on the left also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:45, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. MEP produces a trajectory such that it corresponds to infinitely slow motion. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph from MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule. This is because the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Did they actually collide? Your distance plot didn&#039;t seem to indicate that.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:52, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  It&#039;s a very good habit to give a try to explain observations. But I am not sure if I understand your last sentence. The kinetic energy is high, but the translational energy is low? And did you mean that the translational energy converted to vibrational energy? If that was what you meant, I&#039;m afraid I don&#039;t agree. There are some potential energy converted to vibrational energy too. Can you see that? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:52, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that the bond length elongates back again which then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The product produced has a lot of vibrational energy that the vibration causes the bond length to reach to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, just be aware that anything related to &#039;equilibrium, Boltzmann distribution&#039; is not very applicable to our cases, because we only have three atoms in our system.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:10, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate. This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:12, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:14, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modified by +/-0.01 A. The calculation used 5000 steps to determine the local minima the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are in the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is also very good.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:14, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is again very good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:15, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that as the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. When the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was just above the activation energy barrier the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had most of its kinetic energy in the form of translation. The products were very excited vibrationally as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph. The HF molecule had high frequency and amplitude oscillation of the momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation and so consevation of energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is also very good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:22, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early transition state occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational. For an early transition state, it is better for the reactants not to be excited vibrationally to have more energy available to reach the barrier. For a late transition state, being vibrationally excited will help the reactants surmount the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the early transition state with high vibrational energy prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the products, with most of the reactant energy being channelled to the translational mode of the product. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation of the reactant. Since for a late transition state the product forms just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794100</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794100"/>
		<updated>2019-06-03T14:15:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that position.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, I think you&#039;ve understood the concept. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn towards any of the wells shown in the diagram which means that the species are right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph on the left also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:45, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. MEP produces a trajectory such that it corresponds to infinitely slow motion. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph from MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule. This is because the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Did they actually collide? Your distance plot didn&#039;t seem to indicate that.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:52, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  It&#039;s a very good habit to give a try to explain observations. But I am not sure if I understand your last sentence. The kinetic energy is high, but the translational energy is low? And did you mean that the translational energy converted to vibrational energy? If that was what you meant, I&#039;m afraid I don&#039;t agree. There are some potential energy converted to vibrational energy too. Can you see that? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:52, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that the bond length elongates back again which then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The product produced has a lot of vibrational energy that the vibration causes the bond length to reach to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, just be aware that anything related to &#039;equilibrium, Boltzmann distribution&#039; is not very applicable to our cases, because we only have three atoms in our system.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:10, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate. This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:12, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:14, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modified by +/-0.01 A. The calculation used 5000 steps to determine the local minima the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are in the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is also very good.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:14, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is again very good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:15, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that as the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. When the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was just above the activation energy barrier the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had most of its kinetic energy in the form of translation. The products were very excited vibrationally as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph. The HF molecule had high frequency and amplitude oscillation of the momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation and so consevation of energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early transition state occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational. For an early transition state, it is better for the reactants not to be excited vibrationally to have more energy available to reach the barrier. For a late transition state, being vibrationally excited will help the reactants surmount the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the early transition state with high vibrational energy prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the products, with most of the reactant energy being channelled to the translational mode of the product. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation of the reactant. Since for a late transition state the product forms just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794099</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794099"/>
		<updated>2019-06-03T14:14:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Potential Energy Surfaces */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that position.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, I think you&#039;ve understood the concept. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn towards any of the wells shown in the diagram which means that the species are right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph on the left also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:45, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. MEP produces a trajectory such that it corresponds to infinitely slow motion. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph from MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule. This is because the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Did they actually collide? Your distance plot didn&#039;t seem to indicate that.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:52, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  It&#039;s a very good habit to give a try to explain observations. But I am not sure if I understand your last sentence. The kinetic energy is high, but the translational energy is low? And did you mean that the translational energy converted to vibrational energy? If that was what you meant, I&#039;m afraid I don&#039;t agree. There are some potential energy converted to vibrational energy too. Can you see that? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:52, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that the bond length elongates back again which then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The product produced has a lot of vibrational energy that the vibration causes the bond length to reach to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, just be aware that anything related to &#039;equilibrium, Boltzmann distribution&#039; is not very applicable to our cases, because we only have three atoms in our system.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:10, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate. This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:12, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:14, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modified by +/-0.01 A. The calculation used 5000 steps to determine the local minima the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are in the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is also very good.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:14, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that as the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. When the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was just above the activation energy barrier the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had most of its kinetic energy in the form of translation. The products were very excited vibrationally as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph. The HF molecule had high frequency and amplitude oscillation of the momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation and so consevation of energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early transition state occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational. For an early transition state, it is better for the reactants not to be excited vibrationally to have more energy available to reach the barrier. For a late transition state, being vibrationally excited will help the reactants surmount the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the early transition state with high vibrational energy prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the products, with most of the reactant energy being channelled to the translational mode of the product. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation of the reactant. Since for a late transition state the product forms just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794098</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794098"/>
		<updated>2019-06-03T14:12:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Potential Energy Surfaces */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that position.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, I think you&#039;ve understood the concept. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn towards any of the wells shown in the diagram which means that the species are right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph on the left also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:45, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. MEP produces a trajectory such that it corresponds to infinitely slow motion. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph from MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule. This is because the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Did they actually collide? Your distance plot didn&#039;t seem to indicate that.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:52, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  It&#039;s a very good habit to give a try to explain observations. But I am not sure if I understand your last sentence. The kinetic energy is high, but the translational energy is low? And did you mean that the translational energy converted to vibrational energy? If that was what you meant, I&#039;m afraid I don&#039;t agree. There are some potential energy converted to vibrational energy too. Can you see that? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:52, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that the bond length elongates back again which then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The product produced has a lot of vibrational energy that the vibration causes the bond length to reach to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, just be aware that anything related to &#039;equilibrium, Boltzmann distribution&#039; is not very applicable to our cases, because we only have three atoms in our system.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:10, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate. This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:12, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modified by +/-0.01 A. The calculation used 5000 steps to determine the local minima the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are in the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that as the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. When the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was just above the activation energy barrier the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had most of its kinetic energy in the form of translation. The products were very excited vibrationally as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph. The HF molecule had high frequency and amplitude oscillation of the momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation and so consevation of energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early transition state occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational. For an early transition state, it is better for the reactants not to be excited vibrationally to have more energy available to reach the barrier. For a late transition state, being vibrationally excited will help the reactants surmount the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the early transition state with high vibrational energy prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the products, with most of the reactant energy being channelled to the translational mode of the product. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation of the reactant. Since for a late transition state the product forms just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794097</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794097"/>
		<updated>2019-06-03T14:11:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Potential Energy Surfaces */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that position.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, I think you&#039;ve understood the concept. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn towards any of the wells shown in the diagram which means that the species are right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph on the left also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:45, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. MEP produces a trajectory such that it corresponds to infinitely slow motion. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph from MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule. This is because the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Did they actually collide? Your distance plot didn&#039;t seem to indicate that.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:52, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  It&#039;s a very good habit to give a try to explain observations. But I am not sure if I understand your last sentence. The kinetic energy is high, but the translational energy is low? And did you mean that the translational energy converted to vibrational energy? If that was what you meant, I&#039;m afraid I don&#039;t agree. There are some potential energy converted to vibrational energy too. Can you see that? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:52, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that the bond length elongates back again which then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The product produced has a lot of vibrational energy that the vibration causes the bond length to reach to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, just be aware that anything related to &#039;equilibrium, Boltzmann distribution&#039; is not very applicable to our cases, because we only have three atoms in our system.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:10, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate. This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modified by +/-0.01 A. The calculation used 5000 steps to determine the local minima the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are in the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that as the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. When the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was just above the activation energy barrier the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had most of its kinetic energy in the form of translation. The products were very excited vibrationally as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph. The HF molecule had high frequency and amplitude oscillation of the momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation and so consevation of energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early transition state occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational. For an early transition state, it is better for the reactants not to be excited vibrationally to have more energy available to reach the barrier. For a late transition state, being vibrationally excited will help the reactants surmount the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the early transition state with high vibrational energy prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the products, with most of the reactant energy being channelled to the translational mode of the product. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation of the reactant. Since for a late transition state the product forms just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794096</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794096"/>
		<updated>2019-06-03T14:10:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Transition State Theory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that position.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, I think you&#039;ve understood the concept. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn towards any of the wells shown in the diagram which means that the species are right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph on the left also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:45, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. MEP produces a trajectory such that it corresponds to infinitely slow motion. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph from MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule. This is because the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Did they actually collide? Your distance plot didn&#039;t seem to indicate that.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:52, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  It&#039;s a very good habit to give a try to explain observations. But I am not sure if I understand your last sentence. The kinetic energy is high, but the translational energy is low? And did you mean that the translational energy converted to vibrational energy? If that was what you meant, I&#039;m afraid I don&#039;t agree. There are some potential energy converted to vibrational energy too. Can you see that? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:52, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that the bond length elongates back again which then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The product produced has a lot of vibrational energy that the vibration causes the bond length to reach to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, just be aware that anything related to &#039;equilibrium, Boltzmann distribution&#039; is not very applicable to our cases, because we only have three atoms in our system.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 15:10, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate. This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modified by +/-0.01 A. The calculation used 5000 steps to determine the local minima the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are in the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that as the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. When the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was just above the activation energy barrier the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had most of its kinetic energy in the form of translation. The products were very excited vibrationally as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph. The HF molecule had high frequency and amplitude oscillation of the momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation and so consevation of energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early transition state occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational. For an early transition state, it is better for the reactants not to be excited vibrationally to have more energy available to reach the barrier. For a late transition state, being vibrationally excited will help the reactants surmount the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the early transition state with high vibrational energy prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the products, with most of the reactant energy being channelled to the translational mode of the product. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation of the reactant. Since for a late transition state the product forms just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794095</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794095"/>
		<updated>2019-06-03T13:52:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that position.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, I think you&#039;ve understood the concept. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn towards any of the wells shown in the diagram which means that the species are right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph on the left also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:45, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. MEP produces a trajectory such that it corresponds to infinitely slow motion. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph from MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule. This is because the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Did they actually collide? Your distance plot didn&#039;t seem to indicate that.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:52, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  It&#039;s a very good habit to give a try to explain observations. But I am not sure if I understand your last sentence. The kinetic energy is high, but the translational energy is low? And did you mean that the translational energy converted to vibrational energy? If that was what you meant, I&#039;m afraid I don&#039;t agree. There are some potential energy converted to vibrational energy too. Can you see that? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:52, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that the bond length elongates back again which then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The product produced has a lot of vibrational energy that the vibration causes the bond length to reach to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate. This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modified by +/-0.01 A. The calculation used 5000 steps to determine the local minima the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are in the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that as the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. When the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was just above the activation energy barrier the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had most of its kinetic energy in the form of translation. The products were very excited vibrationally as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph. The HF molecule had high frequency and amplitude oscillation of the momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation and so consevation of energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early transition state occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational. For an early transition state, it is better for the reactants not to be excited vibrationally to have more energy available to reach the barrier. For a late transition state, being vibrationally excited will help the reactants surmount the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the early transition state with high vibrational energy prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the products, with most of the reactant energy being channelled to the translational mode of the product. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation of the reactant. Since for a late transition state the product forms just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794094</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794094"/>
		<updated>2019-06-03T13:45:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* MEP and Dynamics Calculations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that position.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, I think you&#039;ve understood the concept. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn towards any of the wells shown in the diagram which means that the species are right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph on the left also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:45, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. MEP produces a trajectory such that it corresponds to infinitely slow motion. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph from MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule. This is because the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that the bond length elongates back again which then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The product produced has a lot of vibrational energy that the vibration causes the bond length to reach to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate. This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modified by +/-0.01 A. The calculation used 5000 steps to determine the local minima the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are in the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that as the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. When the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was just above the activation energy barrier the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had most of its kinetic energy in the form of translation. The products were very excited vibrationally as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph. The HF molecule had high frequency and amplitude oscillation of the momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation and so consevation of energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early transition state occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational. For an early transition state, it is better for the reactants not to be excited vibrationally to have more energy available to reach the barrier. For a late transition state, being vibrationally excited will help the reactants surmount the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the early transition state with high vibrational energy prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the products, with most of the reactant energy being channelled to the translational mode of the product. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation of the reactant. Since for a late transition state the product forms just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794093</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=794093"/>
		<updated>2019-06-03T13:44:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Transition State */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that position.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, I think you&#039;ve understood the concept. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:44, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn towards any of the wells shown in the diagram which means that the species are right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph on the left also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. MEP produces a trajectory such that it corresponds to infinitely slow motion. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph from MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule. This is because the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that the bond length elongates back again which then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The product produced has a lot of vibrational energy that the vibration causes the bond length to reach to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate. This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modified by +/-0.01 A. The calculation used 5000 steps to determine the local minima the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are in the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that as the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. When the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was just above the activation energy barrier the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had most of its kinetic energy in the form of translation. The products were very excited vibrationally as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph. The HF molecule had high frequency and amplitude oscillation of the momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation and so consevation of energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early transition state occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational. For an early transition state, it is better for the reactants not to be excited vibrationally to have more energy available to reach the barrier. For a late transition state, being vibrationally excited will help the reactants surmount the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the early transition state with high vibrational energy prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the products, with most of the reactant energy being channelled to the translational mode of the product. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation of the reactant. Since for a late transition state the product forms just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01336581&amp;diff=794092</id>
		<title>MRD:01336581</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01336581&amp;diff=794092"/>
		<updated>2019-06-03T13:39:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction transition state happens at a saddle point on the energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; {\partial V \over  r_1}={\partial V \over  r_2}=0 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; {\partial^2 V \over  r_1^2} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; {\partial^2 V \over  r_1^2} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
are of opposite sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, but you need to explain what do those two maths functions mean. Why the first derivatives are zero and the second derivatives are opposite signs ? Do your r1, r2 represent the two distances AB and BC? if so, I&#039;m afraid it is not really correct. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:32, 3 June 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is located between &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.907742 Å and 0.907743 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; How did you find the values? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:32, 3 June 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-TS-internuclear-distance.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dynamics simulation differs from the MEP simulation by showing the vibration of the product molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Okay, why is it? Is it the only difference you&#039;ve observed? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:32, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-Dynamics-MEP.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-MEP.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial conditions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || Approaches transtition state smoothly. The product molecule has a small vibrational energy.  || [[File:01336581-1.25-2.5.png|130px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || Reactant molecule has a small vibrational energy. It does not pass over the transition state and does not react.  || [[File:01336581-1.5-2.png|130px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || Reactant molecule has a small vibrational energy. It passes over the transiton state, and the product molecule has a slightly larger vibrational energy.|| [[File:01336581-1.5-2.5.png|130px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || The reactants approach the transition state quickly, and pass over. They gain a large vibrationl energy, and the products vibrate back into the reactants. the reactant molecule is left with a large vibrational energy.|| [[File:01336581-2.5-5.png|130px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || The reqactants approach each other quickly, and pass through the transition state, gaining a large vibrational energy. they vibrate back over the transition state,towards the reactants, and then back ovetr the tranition state again, leaving the product molecule with a large vibrational energy. || [[File:01336581-2.5-5.2.png|130px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that the reaction passes over the lowest energy point on the energy surface, i.e. the saddle point. This does not always happen if the reactants have higher energies. This can lead to recrossing the transition state. If the tranisiton state is recrossed, any rate calulations are unlikely to be accurate, since the time for the reaction to complete is longer than if the transition state was not recrossed. The transition state theory rate predictions form an upper bound for the rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. But you need to be aware that there are a few more assumptions in TST. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:32, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface shows that the reaction of F with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, and the reaction of HF with H is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-FHHSurface Plot.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this simulation the F atom is in positoin A, so the left hand side is the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and the right hand side is the HF + H side. the left hand side is higher in energy, so going from F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to HF + H is exothermic. This shows that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, since overall energy is released on the formation of the H-F bond over the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:37, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is approximately at F-H = 1.81 Å and H-H = 0.745 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; You need to explain your approach.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:37, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A minimum energy pathway from these values gave a value for the activation energy of the HF + H reaction of 30 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-HF-H_AE.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A minimum energy pathway calculated from F-H = 1.82 Å and H-H = 0.745 Å resulted in a value for the activation energy of ~0.25 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:37, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-F-HH_AE.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive pathway has initial conditions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2 Å, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-FHH.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction energy is released by the formation of the H-F bond. Quantum mechanically, the constructive overlap of electron wavefunctions is stabilising, which releases energy to be converted into vibrational or translational forms. This can be shown by removing the fluorine atom, leaving just the atomisation of a hydrogen molecule, which is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Okay, so, 1. how do you see the energy is conserved in your program. 2. in reality, what kind of technique you need to do, to remove the fluorine atom, according to what you said? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:37, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is more useful for promoting reactions with a late transition state, and translational energy is more useful in promoting reactions with an early transition state. For the reaction between HF and H, the transition state is very late, so a small amount of energy in the vibration of the HF molecule results in a reaction, whereas a much larger amount of translational energy on the H atom results in an unreactive pathway. The inverse is true for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  If you have tested using HF+H system,  you need to show me. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:39, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01336581&amp;diff=794091</id>
		<title>MRD:01336581</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01336581&amp;diff=794091"/>
		<updated>2019-06-03T13:37:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Excercise 2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction transition state happens at a saddle point on the energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; {\partial V \over  r_1}={\partial V \over  r_2}=0 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; {\partial^2 V \over  r_1^2} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; {\partial^2 V \over  r_1^2} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
are of opposite sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, but you need to explain what do those two maths functions mean. Why the first derivatives are zero and the second derivatives are opposite signs ? Do your r1, r2 represent the two distances AB and BC? if so, I&#039;m afraid it is not really correct. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:32, 3 June 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is located between &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.907742 Å and 0.907743 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; How did you find the values? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:32, 3 June 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-TS-internuclear-distance.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dynamics simulation differs from the MEP simulation by showing the vibration of the product molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Okay, why is it? Is it the only difference you&#039;ve observed? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:32, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-Dynamics-MEP.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-MEP.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial conditions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || Approaches transtition state smoothly. The product molecule has a small vibrational energy.  || [[File:01336581-1.25-2.5.png|130px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || Reactant molecule has a small vibrational energy. It does not pass over the transition state and does not react.  || [[File:01336581-1.5-2.png|130px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || Reactant molecule has a small vibrational energy. It passes over the transiton state, and the product molecule has a slightly larger vibrational energy.|| [[File:01336581-1.5-2.5.png|130px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || The reactants approach the transition state quickly, and pass over. They gain a large vibrationl energy, and the products vibrate back into the reactants. the reactant molecule is left with a large vibrational energy.|| [[File:01336581-2.5-5.png|130px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || The reqactants approach each other quickly, and pass through the transition state, gaining a large vibrational energy. they vibrate back over the transition state,towards the reactants, and then back ovetr the tranition state again, leaving the product molecule with a large vibrational energy. || [[File:01336581-2.5-5.2.png|130px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that the reaction passes over the lowest energy point on the energy surface, i.e. the saddle point. This does not always happen if the reactants have higher energies. This can lead to recrossing the transition state. If the tranisiton state is recrossed, any rate calulations are unlikely to be accurate, since the time for the reaction to complete is longer than if the transition state was not recrossed. The transition state theory rate predictions form an upper bound for the rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. But you need to be aware that there are a few more assumptions in TST. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:32, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface shows that the reaction of F with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, and the reaction of HF with H is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-FHHSurface Plot.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this simulation the F atom is in positoin A, so the left hand side is the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and the right hand side is the HF + H side. the left hand side is higher in energy, so going from F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to HF + H is exothermic. This shows that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, since overall energy is released on the formation of the H-F bond over the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:37, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is approximately at F-H = 1.81 Å and H-H = 0.745 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; You need to explain your approach.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:37, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A minimum energy pathway from these values gave a value for the activation energy of the HF + H reaction of 30 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-HF-H_AE.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A minimum energy pathway calculated from F-H = 1.82 Å and H-H = 0.745 Å resulted in a value for the activation energy of ~0.25 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:37, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-F-HH_AE.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive pathway has initial conditions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2 Å, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-FHH.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction energy is released by the formation of the H-F bond. Quantum mechanically, the constructive overlap of electron wavefunctions is stabilising, which releases energy to be converted into vibrational or translational forms. This can be shown by removing the fluorine atom, leaving just the atomisation of a hydrogen molecule, which is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Okay, so, 1. how do you see the energy is conserved in your program. 2. in reality, what kind of technique you need to do, to remove the fluorine atom, according to what you said? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:37, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is more useful for promoting reactions with a late transition state, and translational energy is more useful in promoting reactions with an early transition state. For the reaction between HF and H, the transition state is very late, so a small amount of energy in the vibration of the HF molecule results in a reaction, whereas a much larger amount of translational energy on the H atom results in an unreactive pathway. The inverse is true for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01336581&amp;diff=794090</id>
		<title>MRD:01336581</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01336581&amp;diff=794090"/>
		<updated>2019-06-03T13:32:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Excercise 1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Excercise 1==&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction transition state happens at a saddle point on the energy surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; {\partial V \over  r_1}={\partial V \over  r_2}=0 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; {\partial^2 V \over  r_1^2} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; {\partial^2 V \over  r_1^2} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
are of opposite sign.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  Good, but you need to explain what do those two maths functions mean. Why the first derivatives are zero and the second derivatives are opposite signs ? Do your r1, r2 represent the two distances AB and BC? if so, I&#039;m afraid it is not really correct. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:32, 3 June 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is located between &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.907742 Å and 0.907743 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; How did you find the values? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:32, 3 June 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-TS-internuclear-distance.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dynamics simulation differs from the MEP simulation by showing the vibration of the product molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Okay, why is it? Is it the only difference you&#039;ve observed? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:32, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-Dynamics-MEP.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-MEP.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the initial conditions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || Approaches transtition state smoothly. The product molecule has a small vibrational energy.  || [[File:01336581-1.25-2.5.png|130px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || Reactant molecule has a small vibrational energy. It does not pass over the transition state and does not react.  || [[File:01336581-1.5-2.png|130px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || Reactant molecule has a small vibrational energy. It passes over the transiton state, and the product molecule has a slightly larger vibrational energy.|| [[File:01336581-1.5-2.5.png|130px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || The reactants approach the transition state quickly, and pass over. They gain a large vibrationl energy, and the products vibrate back into the reactants. the reactant molecule is left with a large vibrational energy.|| [[File:01336581-2.5-5.png|130px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || The reqactants approach each other quickly, and pass through the transition state, gaining a large vibrational energy. they vibrate back over the transition state,towards the reactants, and then back ovetr the tranition state again, leaving the product molecule with a large vibrational energy. || [[File:01336581-2.5-5.2.png|130px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that the reaction passes over the lowest energy point on the energy surface, i.e. the saddle point. This does not always happen if the reactants have higher energies. This can lead to recrossing the transition state. If the tranisiton state is recrossed, any rate calulations are unlikely to be accurate, since the time for the reaction to complete is longer than if the transition state was not recrossed. The transition state theory rate predictions form an upper bound for the rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  This part is good. But you need to be aware that there are a few more assumptions in TST. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 14:32, 3 June 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excercise 2==&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface shows that the reaction of F with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, and the reaction of HF with H is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-FHHSurface Plot.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this simulation the F atom is in positoin A, so the left hand side is the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and the right hand side is the HF + H side. the left hand side is higher in energy, so going from F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; to HF + H is exothermic. This shows that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond, since overall energy is released on the formation of the H-F bond over the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is approximately at F-H = 1.81 Å and H-H = 0.745 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A minimum energy pathway from these values gave a value for the activation energy of the HF + H reaction of 30 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-HF-H_AE.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A minimum energy pathway calculated from F-H = 1.82 Å and H-H = 0.745 Å resulted in a value for the activation energy of ~0.25 kcalmol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-F-HH_AE.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A reactive pathway has initial conditions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2 Å, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 Å, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01336581-FHH.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction energy is released by the formation of the H-F bond. Quantum mechanically, the constructive overlap of electron wavefunctions is stabilising, which releases energy to be converted into vibrational or translational forms. This can be shown by removing the fluorine atom, leaving just the atomisation of a hydrogen molecule, which is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules state that vibrational energy is more useful for promoting reactions with a late transition state, and translational energy is more useful in promoting reactions with an early transition state. For the reaction between HF and H, the transition state is very late, so a small amount of energy in the vibration of the HF molecule results in a reaction, whereas a much larger amount of translational energy on the H atom results in an unreactive pathway. The inverse is true for the reaction between F and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793876</id>
		<title>MRD:FMJ17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793876"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:58:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Polanyi&amp;#039;s Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1=&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point at which the potential gradient is zero, δV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/δ(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0. Contrary to local minima in the enrgy surface, the transition state will be at the point along the reaction path where the energy is maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Not sure you fully understand this by reading your statement. Strictly, first of all, transition state is the maximum point along the MINIMUM energy reaction path way. Not any reaction pathway. Second, you also need to demonstrate what is going on with the second derivatives. Overall,  a saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]] [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:45, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = r2: locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
 transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.90775 Å &lt;br /&gt;
====Internuclear Dictances vs Time Plot====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Int_nuc_1_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
The straight lines indicate no vibrations. This indicates that the momenta are zero, confirming that the point corresponds to the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Yes, you have confirmed it. But you need to tell your approach to 0.90775 A too.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:46, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Energy Pathway Calculation====&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows a surface plot obtained using the MEP calculation type. The black line illustrates the reaction path (from the transition state to the products).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the contour plot, showing the same reaction path. (black line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comparing Dynamics and MEP Calculation Types====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot obtained by using the dynamics calculation type.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_dyn_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, the black line shows the the reaction path (from the transition state to the products). This calculation was made using the same initial conditions as the MEP calculation above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two trajectories calculated using the two calculation types are different. The dynamic calculation indicates vibrations (curves on the line), while the MEP calculation does not (no curves).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are there any more differences? What caused those differences? What&#039;s the difference in each algorithm? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:48, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018 ||Yes||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed.||[[File:Contour_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state does not form. The atom and the molecule bounce off each other and move in opposite directions. ||[[File:Contour_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed. ||[[File:Contour_3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, but the original bond does not break. Instead, the molecule and the atom move away from each other.  ||[[File:Contour_4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, then break downs back into lower energy structures. It is then formed again, followed by the products. ||[[File:Contour_5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Good enough, but where is your answer for the question about the transition state theory? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:50, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2=&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface inspection of F-H-H system===&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot for the F-H-H system. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2_f_surface_potential_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
It shows H-H and F as being more energetic than F-H and H. This indicates that the reaction between H-H and F is exothermic and that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. It also indicates that the reaction between H-F and H is endothermic, again because the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:51, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot showing the position of the transition state (black dot) of the H-H + F reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_h_TS_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Again, where is your approach? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:51, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-H + F reaction is 30 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activation_energy.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-F + H reaction is 0.15 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Act_energy_2_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is alright. But you still need to improve your methodology descriptions. Not everyone knows what those two pictures mean or how to interpret the pictures. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:52, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions which result in a reaction is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:In_con_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the momentum vs Time graph for the reaction trajectory resulting from the initial conditions above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_time_fh_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of HF is an exothermic process. The formation of the H-F bond releases more energy than is used to break the H-H bond. This can be confirmed by observing an increase in temperature corresponding to the release of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; So why is that conserved? You need to explain better. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:56, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Comments !! Plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0  ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Mom_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -2.8  ||Yes ||The graph now shows a reactive trajectory. ||[[File:Plot_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5  || -2.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -1.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 0  ||No||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 1.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.0  ||Yes ||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot6_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.8 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot7_fmj.png |150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 3.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot8_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8   || 0.1 ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot9_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules===&lt;br /&gt;
For a reaction with a late transition state, that is the transition state is closer in structure to the products than it is to the reactants, it&#039;s success will depend more on the vibrational energy of the reactant molecule than it will on the translational energy of said molecules. For a reaction with an early transition state, the opposite is true; translational energy will be at the main promoter of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; So based on your experiments above, do you agree or disagree with the Polanyi&#039;s rules?[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:58, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793875</id>
		<title>MRD:FMJ17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793875"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:56:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1=&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point at which the potential gradient is zero, δV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/δ(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0. Contrary to local minima in the enrgy surface, the transition state will be at the point along the reaction path where the energy is maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Not sure you fully understand this by reading your statement. Strictly, first of all, transition state is the maximum point along the MINIMUM energy reaction path way. Not any reaction pathway. Second, you also need to demonstrate what is going on with the second derivatives. Overall,  a saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]] [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:45, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = r2: locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
 transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.90775 Å &lt;br /&gt;
====Internuclear Dictances vs Time Plot====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Int_nuc_1_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
The straight lines indicate no vibrations. This indicates that the momenta are zero, confirming that the point corresponds to the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Yes, you have confirmed it. But you need to tell your approach to 0.90775 A too.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:46, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Energy Pathway Calculation====&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows a surface plot obtained using the MEP calculation type. The black line illustrates the reaction path (from the transition state to the products).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the contour plot, showing the same reaction path. (black line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comparing Dynamics and MEP Calculation Types====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot obtained by using the dynamics calculation type.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_dyn_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, the black line shows the the reaction path (from the transition state to the products). This calculation was made using the same initial conditions as the MEP calculation above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two trajectories calculated using the two calculation types are different. The dynamic calculation indicates vibrations (curves on the line), while the MEP calculation does not (no curves).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are there any more differences? What caused those differences? What&#039;s the difference in each algorithm? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:48, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018 ||Yes||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed.||[[File:Contour_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state does not form. The atom and the molecule bounce off each other and move in opposite directions. ||[[File:Contour_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed. ||[[File:Contour_3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, but the original bond does not break. Instead, the molecule and the atom move away from each other.  ||[[File:Contour_4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, then break downs back into lower energy structures. It is then formed again, followed by the products. ||[[File:Contour_5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Good enough, but where is your answer for the question about the transition state theory? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:50, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2=&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface inspection of F-H-H system===&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot for the F-H-H system. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2_f_surface_potential_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
It shows H-H and F as being more energetic than F-H and H. This indicates that the reaction between H-H and F is exothermic and that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. It also indicates that the reaction between H-F and H is endothermic, again because the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:51, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot showing the position of the transition state (black dot) of the H-H + F reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_h_TS_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Again, where is your approach? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:51, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-H + F reaction is 30 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activation_energy.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-F + H reaction is 0.15 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Act_energy_2_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is alright. But you still need to improve your methodology descriptions. Not everyone knows what those two pictures mean or how to interpret the pictures. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:52, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions which result in a reaction is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:In_con_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the momentum vs Time graph for the reaction trajectory resulting from the initial conditions above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_time_fh_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of HF is an exothermic process. The formation of the H-F bond releases more energy than is used to break the H-H bond. This can be confirmed by observing an increase in temperature corresponding to the release of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; So why is that conserved? You need to explain better. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:56, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Comments !! Plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0  ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Mom_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -2.8  ||Yes ||The graph now shows a reactive trajectory. ||[[File:Plot_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5  || -2.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -1.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 0  ||No||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 1.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.0  ||Yes ||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot6_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.8 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot7_fmj.png |150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 3.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot8_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8   || 0.1 ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot9_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules===&lt;br /&gt;
For a reaction with a late transition state, that is the transition state is closer in structure to the products than it is to the reactants, it&#039;s success will depend more on the vibrational energy of the reactant molecule than it will on the translational energy of said molecules. For a reaction with an early transition state, the opposite is true; translational energy will be at the main promoter of the reaction.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793874</id>
		<title>MRD:FMJ17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793874"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:54:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Activation Energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1=&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point at which the potential gradient is zero, δV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/δ(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0. Contrary to local minima in the enrgy surface, the transition state will be at the point along the reaction path where the energy is maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Not sure you fully understand this by reading your statement. Strictly, first of all, transition state is the maximum point along the MINIMUM energy reaction path way. Not any reaction pathway. Second, you also need to demonstrate what is going on with the second derivatives. Overall,  a saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]] [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:45, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = r2: locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
 transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.90775 Å &lt;br /&gt;
====Internuclear Dictances vs Time Plot====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Int_nuc_1_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
The straight lines indicate no vibrations. This indicates that the momenta are zero, confirming that the point corresponds to the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Yes, you have confirmed it. But you need to tell your approach to 0.90775 A too.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:46, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Energy Pathway Calculation====&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows a surface plot obtained using the MEP calculation type. The black line illustrates the reaction path (from the transition state to the products).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the contour plot, showing the same reaction path. (black line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comparing Dynamics and MEP Calculation Types====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot obtained by using the dynamics calculation type.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_dyn_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, the black line shows the the reaction path (from the transition state to the products). This calculation was made using the same initial conditions as the MEP calculation above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two trajectories calculated using the two calculation types are different. The dynamic calculation indicates vibrations (curves on the line), while the MEP calculation does not (no curves).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are there any more differences? What caused those differences? What&#039;s the difference in each algorithm? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:48, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018 ||Yes||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed.||[[File:Contour_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state does not form. The atom and the molecule bounce off each other and move in opposite directions. ||[[File:Contour_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed. ||[[File:Contour_3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, but the original bond does not break. Instead, the molecule and the atom move away from each other.  ||[[File:Contour_4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, then break downs back into lower energy structures. It is then formed again, followed by the products. ||[[File:Contour_5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Good enough, but where is your answer for the question about the transition state theory? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:50, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2=&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface inspection of F-H-H system===&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot for the F-H-H system. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2_f_surface_potential_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
It shows H-H and F as being more energetic than F-H and H. This indicates that the reaction between H-H and F is exothermic and that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. It also indicates that the reaction between H-F and H is endothermic, again because the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:51, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot showing the position of the transition state (black dot) of the H-H + F reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_h_TS_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Again, where is your approach? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:51, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-H + F reaction is 30 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activation_energy.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-F + H reaction is 0.15 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Act_energy_2_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is alright. But you still need to improve your methodology descriptions. Not everyone knows what those two pictures mean or how to interpret the pictures. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:52, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions which result in a reaction is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:In_con_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the momentum vs Time graph for the reaction trajectory resulting from the initial conditions above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_time_fh_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of HF is an exothermic process. The formation of the H-F bond releases more energy than is used to break the H-H bond. This can be confirmed by observing an increase in temperature corresponding to the release of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Comments !! Plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0  ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Mom_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -2.8  ||Yes ||The graph now shows a reactive trajectory. ||[[File:Plot_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5  || -2.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -1.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 0  ||No||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 1.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.0  ||Yes ||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot6_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.8 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot7_fmj.png |150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 3.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot8_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8   || 0.1 ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot9_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules===&lt;br /&gt;
For a reaction with a late transition state, that is the transition state is closer in structure to the products than it is to the reactants, it&#039;s success will depend more on the vibrational energy of the reactant molecule than it will on the translational energy of said molecules. For a reaction with an early transition state, the opposite is true; translational energy will be at the main promoter of the reaction.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793873</id>
		<title>MRD:FMJ17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793873"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:53:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Activation Energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1=&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point at which the potential gradient is zero, δV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/δ(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0. Contrary to local minima in the enrgy surface, the transition state will be at the point along the reaction path where the energy is maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Not sure you fully understand this by reading your statement. Strictly, first of all, transition state is the maximum point along the MINIMUM energy reaction path way. Not any reaction pathway. Second, you also need to demonstrate what is going on with the second derivatives. Overall,  a saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]] [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:45, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = r2: locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
 transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.90775 Å &lt;br /&gt;
====Internuclear Dictances vs Time Plot====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Int_nuc_1_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
The straight lines indicate no vibrations. This indicates that the momenta are zero, confirming that the point corresponds to the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Yes, you have confirmed it. But you need to tell your approach to 0.90775 A too.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:46, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Energy Pathway Calculation====&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows a surface plot obtained using the MEP calculation type. The black line illustrates the reaction path (from the transition state to the products).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the contour plot, showing the same reaction path. (black line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comparing Dynamics and MEP Calculation Types====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot obtained by using the dynamics calculation type.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_dyn_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, the black line shows the the reaction path (from the transition state to the products). This calculation was made using the same initial conditions as the MEP calculation above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two trajectories calculated using the two calculation types are different. The dynamic calculation indicates vibrations (curves on the line), while the MEP calculation does not (no curves).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are there any more differences? What caused those differences? What&#039;s the difference in each algorithm? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:48, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018 ||Yes||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed.||[[File:Contour_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state does not form. The atom and the molecule bounce off each other and move in opposite directions. ||[[File:Contour_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed. ||[[File:Contour_3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, but the original bond does not break. Instead, the molecule and the atom move away from each other.  ||[[File:Contour_4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, then break downs back into lower energy structures. It is then formed again, followed by the products. ||[[File:Contour_5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Good enough, but where is your answer for the question about the transition state theory? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:50, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2=&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface inspection of F-H-H system===&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot for the F-H-H system. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2_f_surface_potential_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
It shows H-H and F as being more energetic than F-H and H. This indicates that the reaction between H-H and F is exothermic and that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. It also indicates that the reaction between H-F and H is endothermic, again because the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:51, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot showing the position of the transition state (black dot) of the H-H + F reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_h_TS_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Again, where is your approach? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:51, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-H + F reaction is 30 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activation_energy.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-F + H reaction is 0.15 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Act_energy_2_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is alright. But you still need to improve your methodology descriptions. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:52, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions which result in a reaction is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:In_con_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the momentum vs Time graph for the reaction trajectory resulting from the initial conditions above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_time_fh_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of HF is an exothermic process. The formation of the H-F bond releases more energy than is used to break the H-H bond. This can be confirmed by observing an increase in temperature corresponding to the release of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Comments !! Plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0  ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Mom_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -2.8  ||Yes ||The graph now shows a reactive trajectory. ||[[File:Plot_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5  || -2.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -1.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 0  ||No||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 1.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.0  ||Yes ||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot6_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.8 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot7_fmj.png |150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 3.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot8_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8   || 0.1 ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot9_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules===&lt;br /&gt;
For a reaction with a late transition state, that is the transition state is closer in structure to the products than it is to the reactants, it&#039;s success will depend more on the vibrational energy of the reactant molecule than it will on the translational energy of said molecules. For a reaction with an early transition state, the opposite is true; translational energy will be at the main promoter of the reaction.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793872</id>
		<title>MRD:FMJ17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793872"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:52:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Activation Energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1=&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point at which the potential gradient is zero, δV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/δ(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0. Contrary to local minima in the enrgy surface, the transition state will be at the point along the reaction path where the energy is maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Not sure you fully understand this by reading your statement. Strictly, first of all, transition state is the maximum point along the MINIMUM energy reaction path way. Not any reaction pathway. Second, you also need to demonstrate what is going on with the second derivatives. Overall,  a saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]] [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:45, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = r2: locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
 transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.90775 Å &lt;br /&gt;
====Internuclear Dictances vs Time Plot====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Int_nuc_1_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
The straight lines indicate no vibrations. This indicates that the momenta are zero, confirming that the point corresponds to the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Yes, you have confirmed it. But you need to tell your approach to 0.90775 A too.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:46, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Energy Pathway Calculation====&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows a surface plot obtained using the MEP calculation type. The black line illustrates the reaction path (from the transition state to the products).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the contour plot, showing the same reaction path. (black line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comparing Dynamics and MEP Calculation Types====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot obtained by using the dynamics calculation type.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_dyn_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, the black line shows the the reaction path (from the transition state to the products). This calculation was made using the same initial conditions as the MEP calculation above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two trajectories calculated using the two calculation types are different. The dynamic calculation indicates vibrations (curves on the line), while the MEP calculation does not (no curves).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are there any more differences? What caused those differences? What&#039;s the difference in each algorithm? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:48, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018 ||Yes||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed.||[[File:Contour_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state does not form. The atom and the molecule bounce off each other and move in opposite directions. ||[[File:Contour_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed. ||[[File:Contour_3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, but the original bond does not break. Instead, the molecule and the atom move away from each other.  ||[[File:Contour_4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, then break downs back into lower energy structures. It is then formed again, followed by the products. ||[[File:Contour_5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Good enough, but where is your answer for the question about the transition state theory? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:50, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2=&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface inspection of F-H-H system===&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot for the F-H-H system. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2_f_surface_potential_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
It shows H-H and F as being more energetic than F-H and H. This indicates that the reaction between H-H and F is exothermic and that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. It also indicates that the reaction between H-F and H is endothermic, again because the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:51, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot showing the position of the transition state (black dot) of the H-H + F reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_h_TS_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Again, where is your approach? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:51, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-H + F reaction is 30 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activation_energy.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-F + H reaction is 0.15 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Act_energy_2_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good enough. But you still need to improve your methodology descriptions. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:52, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions which result in a reaction is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:In_con_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the momentum vs Time graph for the reaction trajectory resulting from the initial conditions above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_time_fh_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of HF is an exothermic process. The formation of the H-F bond releases more energy than is used to break the H-H bond. This can be confirmed by observing an increase in temperature corresponding to the release of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Comments !! Plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0  ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Mom_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -2.8  ||Yes ||The graph now shows a reactive trajectory. ||[[File:Plot_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5  || -2.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -1.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 0  ||No||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 1.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.0  ||Yes ||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot6_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.8 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot7_fmj.png |150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 3.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot8_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8   || 0.1 ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot9_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules===&lt;br /&gt;
For a reaction with a late transition state, that is the transition state is closer in structure to the products than it is to the reactants, it&#039;s success will depend more on the vibrational energy of the reactant molecule than it will on the translational energy of said molecules. For a reaction with an early transition state, the opposite is true; translational energy will be at the main promoter of the reaction.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793871</id>
		<title>MRD:FMJ17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793871"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:51:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Potential Energy Surface inspection of F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1=&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point at which the potential gradient is zero, δV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/δ(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0. Contrary to local minima in the enrgy surface, the transition state will be at the point along the reaction path where the energy is maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Not sure you fully understand this by reading your statement. Strictly, first of all, transition state is the maximum point along the MINIMUM energy reaction path way. Not any reaction pathway. Second, you also need to demonstrate what is going on with the second derivatives. Overall,  a saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]] [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:45, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = r2: locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
 transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.90775 Å &lt;br /&gt;
====Internuclear Dictances vs Time Plot====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Int_nuc_1_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
The straight lines indicate no vibrations. This indicates that the momenta are zero, confirming that the point corresponds to the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Yes, you have confirmed it. But you need to tell your approach to 0.90775 A too.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:46, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Energy Pathway Calculation====&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows a surface plot obtained using the MEP calculation type. The black line illustrates the reaction path (from the transition state to the products).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the contour plot, showing the same reaction path. (black line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comparing Dynamics and MEP Calculation Types====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot obtained by using the dynamics calculation type.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_dyn_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, the black line shows the the reaction path (from the transition state to the products). This calculation was made using the same initial conditions as the MEP calculation above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two trajectories calculated using the two calculation types are different. The dynamic calculation indicates vibrations (curves on the line), while the MEP calculation does not (no curves).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are there any more differences? What caused those differences? What&#039;s the difference in each algorithm? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:48, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018 ||Yes||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed.||[[File:Contour_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state does not form. The atom and the molecule bounce off each other and move in opposite directions. ||[[File:Contour_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed. ||[[File:Contour_3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, but the original bond does not break. Instead, the molecule and the atom move away from each other.  ||[[File:Contour_4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, then break downs back into lower energy structures. It is then formed again, followed by the products. ||[[File:Contour_5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Good enough, but where is your answer for the question about the transition state theory? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:50, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2=&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface inspection of F-H-H system===&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot for the F-H-H system. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2_f_surface_potential_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
It shows H-H and F as being more energetic than F-H and H. This indicates that the reaction between H-H and F is exothermic and that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. It also indicates that the reaction between H-F and H is endothermic, again because the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:51, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot showing the position of the transition state (black dot) of the H-H + F reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_h_TS_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Again, where is your approach? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:51, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-H + F reaction is 30 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activation_energy.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-F + H reaction is 0.15 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Act_energy_2_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions which result in a reaction is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:In_con_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the momentum vs Time graph for the reaction trajectory resulting from the initial conditions above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_time_fh_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of HF is an exothermic process. The formation of the H-F bond releases more energy than is used to break the H-H bond. This can be confirmed by observing an increase in temperature corresponding to the release of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Comments !! Plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0  ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Mom_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -2.8  ||Yes ||The graph now shows a reactive trajectory. ||[[File:Plot_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5  || -2.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -1.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 0  ||No||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 1.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.0  ||Yes ||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot6_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.8 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot7_fmj.png |150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 3.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot8_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8   || 0.1 ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot9_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules===&lt;br /&gt;
For a reaction with a late transition state, that is the transition state is closer in structure to the products than it is to the reactants, it&#039;s success will depend more on the vibrational energy of the reactant molecule than it will on the translational energy of said molecules. For a reaction with an early transition state, the opposite is true; translational energy will be at the main promoter of the reaction.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793870</id>
		<title>MRD:FMJ17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793870"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:50:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1=&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point at which the potential gradient is zero, δV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/δ(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0. Contrary to local minima in the enrgy surface, the transition state will be at the point along the reaction path where the energy is maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Not sure you fully understand this by reading your statement. Strictly, first of all, transition state is the maximum point along the MINIMUM energy reaction path way. Not any reaction pathway. Second, you also need to demonstrate what is going on with the second derivatives. Overall,  a saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]] [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:45, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = r2: locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
 transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.90775 Å &lt;br /&gt;
====Internuclear Dictances vs Time Plot====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Int_nuc_1_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
The straight lines indicate no vibrations. This indicates that the momenta are zero, confirming that the point corresponds to the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Yes, you have confirmed it. But you need to tell your approach to 0.90775 A too.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:46, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Energy Pathway Calculation====&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows a surface plot obtained using the MEP calculation type. The black line illustrates the reaction path (from the transition state to the products).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the contour plot, showing the same reaction path. (black line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comparing Dynamics and MEP Calculation Types====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot obtained by using the dynamics calculation type.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_dyn_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, the black line shows the the reaction path (from the transition state to the products). This calculation was made using the same initial conditions as the MEP calculation above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two trajectories calculated using the two calculation types are different. The dynamic calculation indicates vibrations (curves on the line), while the MEP calculation does not (no curves).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are there any more differences? What caused those differences? What&#039;s the difference in each algorithm? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:48, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018 ||Yes||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed.||[[File:Contour_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state does not form. The atom and the molecule bounce off each other and move in opposite directions. ||[[File:Contour_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed. ||[[File:Contour_3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, but the original bond does not break. Instead, the molecule and the atom move away from each other.  ||[[File:Contour_4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, then break downs back into lower energy structures. It is then formed again, followed by the products. ||[[File:Contour_5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Good enough, but where is your answer for the question about the transition state theory? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:50, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2=&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface inspection of F-H-H system===&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot for the F-H-H system. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2_f_surface_potential_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
It shows H-H and F as being more energetic than F-H and H. This indicates that the reaction between H-H and F is exothermic and that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. It also indicates that the reaction between H-F and H is endothermic, again because the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot showing the position of the transition state (black dot) of the H-H + F reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_h_TS_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-H + F reaction is 30 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activation_energy.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-F + H reaction is 0.15 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Act_energy_2_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions which result in a reaction is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:In_con_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the momentum vs Time graph for the reaction trajectory resulting from the initial conditions above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_time_fh_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of HF is an exothermic process. The formation of the H-F bond releases more energy than is used to break the H-H bond. This can be confirmed by observing an increase in temperature corresponding to the release of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Comments !! Plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0  ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Mom_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -2.8  ||Yes ||The graph now shows a reactive trajectory. ||[[File:Plot_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5  || -2.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -1.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 0  ||No||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 1.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.0  ||Yes ||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot6_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.8 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot7_fmj.png |150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 3.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot8_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8   || 0.1 ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot9_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules===&lt;br /&gt;
For a reaction with a late transition state, that is the transition state is closer in structure to the products than it is to the reactants, it&#039;s success will depend more on the vibrational energy of the reactant molecule than it will on the translational energy of said molecules. For a reaction with an early transition state, the opposite is true; translational energy will be at the main promoter of the reaction.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793869</id>
		<title>MRD:FMJ17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793869"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:48:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Comparing Dynamics and MEP Calculation Types */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1=&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point at which the potential gradient is zero, δV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/δ(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0. Contrary to local minima in the enrgy surface, the transition state will be at the point along the reaction path where the energy is maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Not sure you fully understand this by reading your statement. Strictly, first of all, transition state is the maximum point along the MINIMUM energy reaction path way. Not any reaction pathway. Second, you also need to demonstrate what is going on with the second derivatives. Overall,  a saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]] [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:45, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = r2: locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
 transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.90775 Å &lt;br /&gt;
====Internuclear Dictances vs Time Plot====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Int_nuc_1_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
The straight lines indicate no vibrations. This indicates that the momenta are zero, confirming that the point corresponds to the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Yes, you have confirmed it. But you need to tell your approach to 0.90775 A too.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:46, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Energy Pathway Calculation====&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows a surface plot obtained using the MEP calculation type. The black line illustrates the reaction path (from the transition state to the products).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the contour plot, showing the same reaction path. (black line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comparing Dynamics and MEP Calculation Types====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot obtained by using the dynamics calculation type.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_dyn_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, the black line shows the the reaction path (from the transition state to the products). This calculation was made using the same initial conditions as the MEP calculation above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two trajectories calculated using the two calculation types are different. The dynamic calculation indicates vibrations (curves on the line), while the MEP calculation does not (no curves).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are there any more differences? What caused those differences? What&#039;s the difference in each algorithm? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:48, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018 ||Yes||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed.||[[File:Contour_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state does not form. The atom and the molecule bounce off each other and move in opposite directions. ||[[File:Contour_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed. ||[[File:Contour_3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, but the original bond does not break. Instead, the molecule and the atom move away from each other.  ||[[File:Contour_4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, then break downs back into lower energy structures. It is then formed again, followed by the products. ||[[File:Contour_5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2=&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface inspection of F-H-H system===&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot for the F-H-H system. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2_f_surface_potential_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
It shows H-H and F as being more energetic than F-H and H. This indicates that the reaction between H-H and F is exothermic and that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. It also indicates that the reaction between H-F and H is endothermic, again because the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot showing the position of the transition state (black dot) of the H-H + F reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_h_TS_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-H + F reaction is 30 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activation_energy.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-F + H reaction is 0.15 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Act_energy_2_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions which result in a reaction is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:In_con_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the momentum vs Time graph for the reaction trajectory resulting from the initial conditions above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_time_fh_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of HF is an exothermic process. The formation of the H-F bond releases more energy than is used to break the H-H bond. This can be confirmed by observing an increase in temperature corresponding to the release of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Comments !! Plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0  ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Mom_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -2.8  ||Yes ||The graph now shows a reactive trajectory. ||[[File:Plot_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5  || -2.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -1.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 0  ||No||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 1.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.0  ||Yes ||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot6_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.8 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot7_fmj.png |150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 3.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot8_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8   || 0.1 ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot9_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules===&lt;br /&gt;
For a reaction with a late transition state, that is the transition state is closer in structure to the products than it is to the reactants, it&#039;s success will depend more on the vibrational energy of the reactant molecule than it will on the translational energy of said molecules. For a reaction with an early transition state, the opposite is true; translational energy will be at the main promoter of the reaction.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793868</id>
		<title>MRD:FMJ17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793868"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:46:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Internuclear Dictances vs Time Plot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1=&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point at which the potential gradient is zero, δV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/δ(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0. Contrary to local minima in the enrgy surface, the transition state will be at the point along the reaction path where the energy is maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Not sure you fully understand this by reading your statement. Strictly, first of all, transition state is the maximum point along the MINIMUM energy reaction path way. Not any reaction pathway. Second, you also need to demonstrate what is going on with the second derivatives. Overall,  a saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]] [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:45, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = r2: locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
 transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.90775 Å &lt;br /&gt;
====Internuclear Dictances vs Time Plot====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Int_nuc_1_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
The straight lines indicate no vibrations. This indicates that the momenta are zero, confirming that the point corresponds to the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Yes, you have confirmed it. But you need to tell your approach to 0.90775 A too.[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:46, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Energy Pathway Calculation====&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows a surface plot obtained using the MEP calculation type. The black line illustrates the reaction path (from the transition state to the products).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the contour plot, showing the same reaction path. (black line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comparing Dynamics and MEP Calculation Types====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot obtained by using the dynamics calculation type.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_dyn_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, the black line shows the the reaction path (from the transition state to the products). This calculation was made using the same initial conditions as the MEP calculation above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two trajectories calculated using the two calculation types are different. The dynamic calculation indicates vibrations (curves on the line), while the MEP calculation does not (no curves).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018 ||Yes||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed.||[[File:Contour_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state does not form. The atom and the molecule bounce off each other and move in opposite directions. ||[[File:Contour_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed. ||[[File:Contour_3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, but the original bond does not break. Instead, the molecule and the atom move away from each other.  ||[[File:Contour_4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, then break downs back into lower energy structures. It is then formed again, followed by the products. ||[[File:Contour_5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2=&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface inspection of F-H-H system===&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot for the F-H-H system. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2_f_surface_potential_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
It shows H-H and F as being more energetic than F-H and H. This indicates that the reaction between H-H and F is exothermic and that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. It also indicates that the reaction between H-F and H is endothermic, again because the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot showing the position of the transition state (black dot) of the H-H + F reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_h_TS_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-H + F reaction is 30 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activation_energy.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-F + H reaction is 0.15 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Act_energy_2_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions which result in a reaction is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:In_con_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the momentum vs Time graph for the reaction trajectory resulting from the initial conditions above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_time_fh_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of HF is an exothermic process. The formation of the H-F bond releases more energy than is used to break the H-H bond. This can be confirmed by observing an increase in temperature corresponding to the release of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Comments !! Plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0  ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Mom_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -2.8  ||Yes ||The graph now shows a reactive trajectory. ||[[File:Plot_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5  || -2.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -1.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 0  ||No||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 1.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.0  ||Yes ||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot6_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.8 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot7_fmj.png |150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 3.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot8_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8   || 0.1 ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot9_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules===&lt;br /&gt;
For a reaction with a late transition state, that is the transition state is closer in structure to the products than it is to the reactants, it&#039;s success will depend more on the vibrational energy of the reactant molecule than it will on the translational energy of said molecules. For a reaction with an early transition state, the opposite is true; translational energy will be at the main promoter of the reaction.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793867</id>
		<title>MRD:FMJ17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793867"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:46:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Trajectories from r1 = r2: locating the transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1=&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point at which the potential gradient is zero, δV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/δ(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0. Contrary to local minima in the enrgy surface, the transition state will be at the point along the reaction path where the energy is maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Not sure you fully understand this by reading your statement. Strictly, first of all, transition state is the maximum point along the MINIMUM energy reaction path way. Not any reaction pathway. Second, you also need to demonstrate what is going on with the second derivatives. Overall,  a saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]] [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:45, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = r2: locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
 transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.90775 Å &lt;br /&gt;
====Internuclear Dictances vs Time Plot====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Int_nuc_1_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
The straight lines indicate no vibrations. This indicates that the momenta are zero, confirming that the point corresponds to the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Yes, you have confirmed it. But you need to tell your approach to 0.90775 A too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Energy Pathway Calculation====&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows a surface plot obtained using the MEP calculation type. The black line illustrates the reaction path (from the transition state to the products).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the contour plot, showing the same reaction path. (black line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comparing Dynamics and MEP Calculation Types====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot obtained by using the dynamics calculation type.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_dyn_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, the black line shows the the reaction path (from the transition state to the products). This calculation was made using the same initial conditions as the MEP calculation above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two trajectories calculated using the two calculation types are different. The dynamic calculation indicates vibrations (curves on the line), while the MEP calculation does not (no curves).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018 ||Yes||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed.||[[File:Contour_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state does not form. The atom and the molecule bounce off each other and move in opposite directions. ||[[File:Contour_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed. ||[[File:Contour_3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, but the original bond does not break. Instead, the molecule and the atom move away from each other.  ||[[File:Contour_4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, then break downs back into lower energy structures. It is then formed again, followed by the products. ||[[File:Contour_5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2=&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface inspection of F-H-H system===&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot for the F-H-H system. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2_f_surface_potential_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
It shows H-H and F as being more energetic than F-H and H. This indicates that the reaction between H-H and F is exothermic and that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. It also indicates that the reaction between H-F and H is endothermic, again because the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot showing the position of the transition state (black dot) of the H-H + F reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_h_TS_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-H + F reaction is 30 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activation_energy.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-F + H reaction is 0.15 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Act_energy_2_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions which result in a reaction is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:In_con_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the momentum vs Time graph for the reaction trajectory resulting from the initial conditions above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_time_fh_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of HF is an exothermic process. The formation of the H-F bond releases more energy than is used to break the H-H bond. This can be confirmed by observing an increase in temperature corresponding to the release of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Comments !! Plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0  ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Mom_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -2.8  ||Yes ||The graph now shows a reactive trajectory. ||[[File:Plot_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5  || -2.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -1.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 0  ||No||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 1.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.0  ||Yes ||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot6_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.8 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot7_fmj.png |150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 3.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot8_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8   || 0.1 ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot9_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules===&lt;br /&gt;
For a reaction with a late transition state, that is the transition state is closer in structure to the products than it is to the reactants, it&#039;s success will depend more on the vibrational energy of the reactant molecule than it will on the translational energy of said molecules. For a reaction with an early transition state, the opposite is true; translational energy will be at the main promoter of the reaction.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793866</id>
		<title>MRD:FMJ17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:FMJ17&amp;diff=793866"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:45:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1=&lt;br /&gt;
===On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point at which the potential gradient is zero, δV(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/δ(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)=0. Contrary to local minima in the enrgy surface, the transition state will be at the point along the reaction path where the energy is maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Not sure you fully understand this by reading your statement. Strictly, first of all, transition state is the maximum point along the MINIMUM energy reaction path way. Not any reaction pathway. Second, you also need to demonstrate what is going on with the second derivatives. Overall,  a saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]] [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:45, 30 May 2019 (BST) &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = r2: locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
 transition state position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.90775 Å &lt;br /&gt;
====Internuclear Dictances vs Time Plot====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Int_nuc_1_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
The straight lines indicate no vibrations. This indicates that the momenta are zero, confirming that the point corresponds to the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Energy Pathway Calculation====&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows a surface plot obtained using the MEP calculation type. The black line illustrates the reaction path (from the transition state to the products).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the contour plot, showing the same reaction path. (black line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_plot_mep_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comparing Dynamics and MEP Calculation Types====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot obtained by using the dynamics calculation type.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface_Plot_dyn_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again, the black line shows the the reaction path (from the transition state to the products). This calculation was made using the same initial conditions as the MEP calculation above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two trajectories calculated using the two calculation types are different. The dynamic calculation indicates vibrations (curves on the line), while the MEP calculation does not (no curves).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.018 ||Yes||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed.||[[File:Contour_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.456 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state does not form. The atom and the molecule bounce off each other and move in opposite directions. ||[[File:Contour_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-98.956 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms. Eventually, the original H-H bond breaks and a new one is formed. ||[[File:Contour_3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-84.956 ||No ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, but the original bond does not break. Instead, the molecule and the atom move away from each other.  ||[[File:Contour_4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.416 ||Yes ||The hydrogen atom collides with the hydrogen molecule, the transition state forms, then break downs back into lower energy structures. It is then formed again, followed by the products. ||[[File:Contour_5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2=&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface inspection of F-H-H system===&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot for the F-H-H system. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2_f_surface_potential_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
It shows H-H and F as being more energetic than F-H and H. This indicates that the reaction between H-H and F is exothermic and that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. It also indicates that the reaction between H-F and H is endothermic, again because the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a surface plot showing the position of the transition state (black dot) of the H-H + F reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_h_TS_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-H + F reaction is 30 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Activation_energy.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy for the H-F + H reaction is 0.15 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Act_energy_2_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
A set of initial conditions which result in a reaction is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:In_con_fmj.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the momentum vs Time graph for the reaction trajectory resulting from the initial conditions above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_time_fh_fmj.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.====&lt;br /&gt;
The formation of HF is an exothermic process. The formation of the H-F bond releases more energy than is used to break the H-H bond. This can be confirmed by observing an increase in temperature corresponding to the release of energy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Comments !! Plots&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5 || -3.0  ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Mom_1_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -2.8  ||Yes ||The graph now shows a reactive trajectory. ||[[File:Plot_2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5  || -2.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot2_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || -1.0  ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot3_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 0  ||No||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot4_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 1.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot5_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.0  ||Yes ||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot6_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 2.8 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot7_fmj.png |150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.5   || 3.0 ||No ||The graph shows that the H-H distance  maintains a constant equilibrium value with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but increases with time. This indicates that the F-H bond did not form. ||[[File:Plot8_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -0.8   || 0.1 ||Yes||The graph shows that the H-H distance increases with time and the H-F distance initially decreases, but then maintains a constant equilibrium value. This indicates the formation of the F-H bond ||[[File:Plot9_fmj.png|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s Empirical Rules===&lt;br /&gt;
For a reaction with a late transition state, that is the transition state is closer in structure to the products than it is to the reactants, it&#039;s success will depend more on the vibrational energy of the reactant molecule than it will on the translational energy of said molecules. For a reaction with an early transition state, the opposite is true; translational energy will be at the main promoter of the reaction.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793863</id>
		<title>MRD:ri3717 summer 2019</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793863"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:35:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined as:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:ri3717_Eq.1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;where q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are the reactant molecules, V is the potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state can be identified by starting trajectories near the transition state and if they move towards reactants or products (even with no initial momentum) then it is the transition state. It can be distinguished from a local minimum by calculating the second derivative, which gives a negative value for a local minimum but a positive value for a local maximum (i.e. the transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are you sure about your statement? TS is the maximum point on the minimum energy pathway. A saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]][[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:04, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position is the position at which the distance between A-B (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and B-C (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is equal, as it is symmetrical for this particular reaction. However, for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the H atoms perform oscillation, so the transition state position needs to be estimated by testing different r values. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) found with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å. At this distance, there is almost no oscillation as shown in the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot below:            &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ri3717_plot1.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows that at this value of r, the H atoms do not move with no initial momentum, which is characteristic of a transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:05, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comment on how the MEP and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For trajectories with r values below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 = 0.909&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the MEP and Dynamics trajectories are compared.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_ABC.png|Initial conditions of the three H atoms. Momenta= 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dynamics&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- B moves towards the C and A moves away from the rest. H atoms B and C continue to move to the right as they oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases and fluctuates as the molecule performs an oscillation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- the momentum of A-B (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) increases with time; rapid increase at first then continues to slowly increase to a limit. The momentum of B-C (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) decreases first, then increases with fluctuation. At large t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) reaches a limit at 2.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) oscillates between 1.0-1.5, giving an average of 1.25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The angle θ stays constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;MEP&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- a smooth movement of the H atom in the centre towards the H atom on the right as the H atom on the left accelerates towards left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a very short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases without fluctuation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- no change, constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values are swapped, H atom A and C swap roles- A and B forms a molecule, C moves away to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, it is very descriptive. Very good observation. But you haven&#039;t really shown much understanding, like what do you understand why these differences occur by using two different algorithms?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, in general is good. But you need to improve on your descriptions. Just wondering, did you write all that by looking at the animations? It will be better if you could talk more, in terms of the energy, transition state, e.g. system #2 doesn&#039;t acquire enough activation energy to reach the transition point, therefore, the reaction doesn&#039;t occur.  --- something like that, I&#039;m sure you can do a better job than me. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:16, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;(kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 (kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal/mol) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.5||no||Molecule A-B and atom C slowly approaches each other, and when they get to a certain distance, they repel and moves away from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B slowly approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-85.0||no||Molecule A-B approaches C and B is pulled away from A. B-C oscillates but gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to A, forming molecule A-B.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.4||yes||Same as the one above happens, but molecule A-B oscillates again, gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to C, finally forming molecule B-C.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is no simple trend in the reactivity and the initial conditions, It is evident that small changes to the initial conditions (momentum and hence the total energy) can affect the reactivity. For example based on the last two sets of initial conditions (conditions 4 and 5), we can see that increasing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by 0.2 kg.m/s increases the total energy by 1.6 kcal/mol, and enables the reaction between molecule A-B and atom C, forming atom A and molecule B-C.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot1.png|Initial conditions #1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot2.png|Initial conditions #2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot3.png|Initial conditions #3&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot4.png|Initial conditions #4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot5.png|Initial conditions #5&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory are&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bligaard, T., and J.k. Nørskov. “Heterogeneous Catalysis.” &#039;&#039;Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces&#039;&#039;, 2008, pp. 255–321., doi:10.1016/b978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants are in thermal equilibrium and therefore the energy of the particles can be calculated by the Boltzmann equation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants and the transition state are in equilibrium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- reactants that has reached the transition state with some velocity towards the product will not form back the reactants again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory predictions for reaction rate values ignores the fact that the reaction may not proceed even with energy higher than the activation energy. For example, with initial conditions #4 discussed previously, the reactants approach each other with enough energy and reacts, but the product forms back the reactant species, so there is no reaction overall. This means that the transition state theory predicts reaction rate to be faster than the experimental rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. Please be aware that terms like &#039;Boltzmann&#039;; &#039;equilibrium&#039; are not very applicable in our case, because we only have three atoms in the system. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:12, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-1: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, H + HF is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F bond is stronger (bond strength~ 565 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yoder, Claude. “Wired Chemist.” &#039;&#039;Common Bond Energies (D) and Bond Length (r)&#039;&#039;, www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;) than H-H bond (bond strength~ 432 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;) because although both are covalent bonds and have good orbital overlap due to the same or very similar sized orbitals. H-F is highly polar while H-H bond is purely covalent. This means that the formation of H-F bond is favourable in the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; even with the need to break the H-H bond and thus exothermic, while for the reverse reaction of H + HF, the breaking of H-F to make H-H bond is overall not stabilising and thus the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Did you get the conclusion by checking the values, your prior knowledge or the energy surfaces plot? Did you notice in the energy surface plot, the channel representing H-F + H system is lower in energy compared to H-H + F system. That&#039;s why from H-H + F -&amp;gt; H-F + H is from a higher energy surface to a lower energy surface, releasing energy. That&#039;s why it is exothermic. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:20, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for the F-H-H system is not symmetrical, so the distance between F-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and H-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is not equal. With the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å, the three atoms F, H, H do not move as shown in the internuclear Distances vs Time plot below, which is indicative of a transition state. &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot34.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surface plot also shows the position of the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å as the black spot on the graph is stationary.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot35.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Focusing on the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is exothermic, the transition state is a &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state. based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state is energetically closer and similar in structure to the reactants. This agrees with the internuclear distances (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) obtained for the transition state since the distance between the two H atoms is much shorter than the distance between F and H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:21, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Now choosing a point close to the transition state, the set of initial conditions is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.804 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot36.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The decrease in potential energy (hence the total energy) was determined from the graph as 29.9 kcal/mol. This is indicative of the energy difference between the transition state and the (F-H + H) state. Therefore this is the activation energy for the endothermic reaction between HF + H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, another set of initial conditions is tested: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.824 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot7.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The energy change is very small even at a very large value of t (t= 3000). The activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is estimated to be 0.2 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is also very good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:22, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions:  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 2.0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observations from Animation: The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves towards F and one of the H atoms gets pulled towards F. Then it is bounced back to H, vibrates, and forms back H-F and H in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the Momenta vs Time graph below, the overall momentum has increased after reaction. The reaction energy has been transferred to the products in the form of kinetic energy (vibration). &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plotmomentum.png|Momenta vs Time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;This could be confirmed experimentally by monitoring the change in temperature as the energy could be released to or absorbed from the environment as heat. As F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction, the temperature is expected to increase on reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Good, but how does the change in moment from reactants to products prove the conservation of energy? What&#039;s the method called by measuring the change in temperature? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:31, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration. ===&lt;br /&gt;
For initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, different values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; between -3 and 3 were tested and results are shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kg.m/s)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reaction?&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates and moves towards the F atom until it gets repelled by F and moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|1.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|2.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9&lt;br /&gt;
|3.0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717Hahb.png|Starting positions of F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Observation: A vibrating hydrogen molecule slowly approaches an F atom. One of the H atoms (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) gets pulled towards the F atom, producing F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, but H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gets repelled and moves back towards H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, producing back the reactant, F and H-H. Then the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom gets repelled by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and bonds to F again, ending with F-H and H.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot0.png|Contour plot of the reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Very good effort for recording all these different trials. As I said above, you need to improve the way you describe your observations [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:33, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-2: H + HF System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #1: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have set the initial conditions at the bottom of the entry channel (H + HF reactant conditions) with very low  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and obtained a reactive trajectory by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #2: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.41.03.png|Initial conditions (F-H, H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.40.57.png|After reaction (F, H-H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.39.12.png|Contour plot for the reaction between F-H and H, producing F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.38.15.png|Change in internuclear distances during and after reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;For a given amount of total energy, the distribution of energy between different modes can affect the efficiency of the reaction. For example, even with enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier for the reaction to occur, if there is not enough translational energy, the reactants will not come close enough to react. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that in simple terms, translational energy is more effective in activating the reactants for exothermic reactions, while vibrational energy is more effective for endothermic reactions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bowman, Joel M. “Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface.” &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, American Association for the Advancement of Science, 21 Oct. 2011, science.sciencemag.org/content/334/6054/343.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The relationship can also be shown as below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ea = mΔH + constant &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where Ea= activation energy, m= indicative of the position of transition state on the reaction coordinate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Wubbels, Gene G. “The Bell–Evans–Polanyi Principle and the Regioselectivity of Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Reactions.” &#039;&#039;Tetrahedron Letters&#039;&#039;, vol. 56, no. 13, 2015, pp. 1716–1719., doi:10.1016/j.tetlet.2015.02.070.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The position of the transition state is important because it determines which of the two modes, the translational energy or the vibrational energy has a larger influence on the efficiency of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at initial conditions #1 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5 ) in which the reaction did not take place, we can say based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules that since this is an endothermic reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H-H + F), vibrational energy has a more significant impact on the reaction efficiency. the momentum in F-H bond is set very low at -0.1, and this is why the reaction does not take place in these conditions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now looking at initial conditions #2 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 ), the reaction was successful and we can see why based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules. In initial conditions #2, the momentum in F-H bond is now set very high at -10.0, which provided the reactants with enough vibrational energy to react.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is very good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:35, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793861</id>
		<title>MRD:ri3717 summer 2019</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793861"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:33:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum pFH = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum pHH = 0.1. What do you observe now? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined as:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:ri3717_Eq.1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;where q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are the reactant molecules, V is the potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state can be identified by starting trajectories near the transition state and if they move towards reactants or products (even with no initial momentum) then it is the transition state. It can be distinguished from a local minimum by calculating the second derivative, which gives a negative value for a local minimum but a positive value for a local maximum (i.e. the transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are you sure about your statement? TS is the maximum point on the minimum energy pathway. A saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]][[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:04, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position is the position at which the distance between A-B (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and B-C (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is equal, as it is symmetrical for this particular reaction. However, for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the H atoms perform oscillation, so the transition state position needs to be estimated by testing different r values. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) found with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å. At this distance, there is almost no oscillation as shown in the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot below:            &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ri3717_plot1.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows that at this value of r, the H atoms do not move with no initial momentum, which is characteristic of a transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:05, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comment on how the MEP and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For trajectories with r values below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 = 0.909&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the MEP and Dynamics trajectories are compared.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_ABC.png|Initial conditions of the three H atoms. Momenta= 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dynamics&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- B moves towards the C and A moves away from the rest. H atoms B and C continue to move to the right as they oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases and fluctuates as the molecule performs an oscillation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- the momentum of A-B (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) increases with time; rapid increase at first then continues to slowly increase to a limit. The momentum of B-C (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) decreases first, then increases with fluctuation. At large t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) reaches a limit at 2.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) oscillates between 1.0-1.5, giving an average of 1.25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The angle θ stays constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;MEP&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- a smooth movement of the H atom in the centre towards the H atom on the right as the H atom on the left accelerates towards left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a very short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases without fluctuation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- no change, constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values are swapped, H atom A and C swap roles- A and B forms a molecule, C moves away to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, it is very descriptive. Very good observation. But you haven&#039;t really shown much understanding, like what do you understand why these differences occur by using two different algorithms?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, in general is good. But you need to improve on your descriptions. Just wondering, did you write all that by looking at the animations? It will be better if you could talk more, in terms of the energy, transition state, e.g. system #2 doesn&#039;t acquire enough activation energy to reach the transition point, therefore, the reaction doesn&#039;t occur.  --- something like that, I&#039;m sure you can do a better job than me. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:16, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;(kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 (kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal/mol) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.5||no||Molecule A-B and atom C slowly approaches each other, and when they get to a certain distance, they repel and moves away from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B slowly approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-85.0||no||Molecule A-B approaches C and B is pulled away from A. B-C oscillates but gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to A, forming molecule A-B.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.4||yes||Same as the one above happens, but molecule A-B oscillates again, gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to C, finally forming molecule B-C.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is no simple trend in the reactivity and the initial conditions, It is evident that small changes to the initial conditions (momentum and hence the total energy) can affect the reactivity. For example based on the last two sets of initial conditions (conditions 4 and 5), we can see that increasing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by 0.2 kg.m/s increases the total energy by 1.6 kcal/mol, and enables the reaction between molecule A-B and atom C, forming atom A and molecule B-C.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot1.png|Initial conditions #1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot2.png|Initial conditions #2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot3.png|Initial conditions #3&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot4.png|Initial conditions #4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot5.png|Initial conditions #5&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory are&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bligaard, T., and J.k. Nørskov. “Heterogeneous Catalysis.” &#039;&#039;Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces&#039;&#039;, 2008, pp. 255–321., doi:10.1016/b978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants are in thermal equilibrium and therefore the energy of the particles can be calculated by the Boltzmann equation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants and the transition state are in equilibrium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- reactants that has reached the transition state with some velocity towards the product will not form back the reactants again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory predictions for reaction rate values ignores the fact that the reaction may not proceed even with energy higher than the activation energy. For example, with initial conditions #4 discussed previously, the reactants approach each other with enough energy and reacts, but the product forms back the reactant species, so there is no reaction overall. This means that the transition state theory predicts reaction rate to be faster than the experimental rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. Please be aware that terms like &#039;Boltzmann&#039;; &#039;equilibrium&#039; are not very applicable in our case, because we only have three atoms in the system. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:12, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-1: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, H + HF is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F bond is stronger (bond strength~ 565 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yoder, Claude. “Wired Chemist.” &#039;&#039;Common Bond Energies (D) and Bond Length (r)&#039;&#039;, www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;) than H-H bond (bond strength~ 432 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;) because although both are covalent bonds and have good orbital overlap due to the same or very similar sized orbitals. H-F is highly polar while H-H bond is purely covalent. This means that the formation of H-F bond is favourable in the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; even with the need to break the H-H bond and thus exothermic, while for the reverse reaction of H + HF, the breaking of H-F to make H-H bond is overall not stabilising and thus the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Did you get the conclusion by checking the values, your prior knowledge or the energy surfaces plot? Did you notice in the energy surface plot, the channel representing H-F + H system is lower in energy compared to H-H + F system. That&#039;s why from H-H + F -&amp;gt; H-F + H is from a higher energy surface to a lower energy surface, releasing energy. That&#039;s why it is exothermic. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:20, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for the F-H-H system is not symmetrical, so the distance between F-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and H-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is not equal. With the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å, the three atoms F, H, H do not move as shown in the internuclear Distances vs Time plot below, which is indicative of a transition state. &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot34.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surface plot also shows the position of the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å as the black spot on the graph is stationary.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot35.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Focusing on the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is exothermic, the transition state is a &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state. based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state is energetically closer and similar in structure to the reactants. This agrees with the internuclear distances (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) obtained for the transition state since the distance between the two H atoms is much shorter than the distance between F and H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:21, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Now choosing a point close to the transition state, the set of initial conditions is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.804 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot36.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The decrease in potential energy (hence the total energy) was determined from the graph as 29.9 kcal/mol. This is indicative of the energy difference between the transition state and the (F-H + H) state. Therefore this is the activation energy for the endothermic reaction between HF + H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, another set of initial conditions is tested: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.824 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot7.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The energy change is very small even at a very large value of t (t= 3000). The activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is estimated to be 0.2 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is also very good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:22, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions:  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 2.0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observations from Animation: The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves towards F and one of the H atoms gets pulled towards F. Then it is bounced back to H, vibrates, and forms back H-F and H in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the Momenta vs Time graph below, the overall momentum has increased after reaction. The reaction energy has been transferred to the products in the form of kinetic energy (vibration). &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plotmomentum.png|Momenta vs Time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;This could be confirmed experimentally by monitoring the change in temperature as the energy could be released to or absorbed from the environment as heat. As F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction, the temperature is expected to increase on reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Good, but how does the change in moment from reactants to products prove the conservation of energy? What&#039;s the method called by measuring the change in temperature? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:31, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration. ===&lt;br /&gt;
For initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, different values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; between -3 and 3 were tested and results are shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kg.m/s)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reaction?&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates and moves towards the F atom until it gets repelled by F and moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|1.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|2.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9&lt;br /&gt;
|3.0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717Hahb.png|Starting positions of F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Observation: A vibrating hydrogen molecule slowly approaches an F atom. One of the H atoms (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) gets pulled towards the F atom, producing F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, but H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gets repelled and moves back towards H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, producing back the reactant, F and H-H. Then the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom gets repelled by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and bonds to F again, ending with F-H and H.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot0.png|Contour plot of the reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Very good effort for recording all these different trials. As I said above, you need to improve the way you describe your observations [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:33, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-2: H + HF System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #1: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have set the initial conditions at the bottom of the entry channel (H + HF reactant conditions) with very low  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and obtained a reactive trajectory by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #2: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.41.03.png|Initial conditions (F-H, H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.40.57.png|After reaction (F, H-H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.39.12.png|Contour plot for the reaction between F-H and H, producing F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.38.15.png|Change in internuclear distances during and after reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;For a given amount of total energy, the distribution of energy between different modes can affect the efficiency of the reaction. For example, even with enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier for the reaction to occur, if there is not enough translational energy, the reactants will not come close enough to react. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that in simple terms, translational energy is more effective in activating the reactants for exothermic reactions, while vibrational energy is more effective for endothermic reactions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bowman, Joel M. “Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface.” &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, American Association for the Advancement of Science, 21 Oct. 2011, science.sciencemag.org/content/334/6054/343.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The relationship can also be shown as below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ea = mΔH + constant &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where Ea= activation energy, m= indicative of the position of transition state on the reaction coordinate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Wubbels, Gene G. “The Bell–Evans–Polanyi Principle and the Regioselectivity of Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Reactions.” &#039;&#039;Tetrahedron Letters&#039;&#039;, vol. 56, no. 13, 2015, pp. 1716–1719., doi:10.1016/j.tetlet.2015.02.070.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The position of the transition state is important because it determines which of the two modes, the translational energy or the vibrational energy has a larger influence on the efficiency of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at initial conditions #1 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5 ) in which the reaction did not take place, we can say based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules that since this is an endothermic reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H-H + F), vibrational energy has a more significant impact on the reaction efficiency. the momentum in F-H bond is set very low at -0.1, and this is why the reaction does not take place in these conditions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now looking at initial conditions #2 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 ), the reaction was successful and we can see why based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules. In initial conditions #2, the momentum in F-H bond is now set very high at -10.0, which provided the reactants with enough vibrational energy to react.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793859</id>
		<title>MRD:ri3717 summer 2019</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793859"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:31:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H2, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction ene...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined as:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:ri3717_Eq.1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;where q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are the reactant molecules, V is the potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state can be identified by starting trajectories near the transition state and if they move towards reactants or products (even with no initial momentum) then it is the transition state. It can be distinguished from a local minimum by calculating the second derivative, which gives a negative value for a local minimum but a positive value for a local maximum (i.e. the transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are you sure about your statement? TS is the maximum point on the minimum energy pathway. A saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]][[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:04, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position is the position at which the distance between A-B (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and B-C (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is equal, as it is symmetrical for this particular reaction. However, for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the H atoms perform oscillation, so the transition state position needs to be estimated by testing different r values. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) found with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å. At this distance, there is almost no oscillation as shown in the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot below:            &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ri3717_plot1.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows that at this value of r, the H atoms do not move with no initial momentum, which is characteristic of a transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:05, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comment on how the MEP and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For trajectories with r values below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 = 0.909&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the MEP and Dynamics trajectories are compared.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_ABC.png|Initial conditions of the three H atoms. Momenta= 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dynamics&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- B moves towards the C and A moves away from the rest. H atoms B and C continue to move to the right as they oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases and fluctuates as the molecule performs an oscillation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- the momentum of A-B (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) increases with time; rapid increase at first then continues to slowly increase to a limit. The momentum of B-C (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) decreases first, then increases with fluctuation. At large t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) reaches a limit at 2.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) oscillates between 1.0-1.5, giving an average of 1.25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The angle θ stays constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;MEP&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- a smooth movement of the H atom in the centre towards the H atom on the right as the H atom on the left accelerates towards left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a very short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases without fluctuation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- no change, constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values are swapped, H atom A and C swap roles- A and B forms a molecule, C moves away to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, it is very descriptive. Very good observation. But you haven&#039;t really shown much understanding, like what do you understand why these differences occur by using two different algorithms?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, in general is good. But you need to improve on your descriptions. Just wondering, did you write all that by looking at the animations? It will be better if you could talk more, in terms of the energy, transition state, e.g. system #2 doesn&#039;t acquire enough activation energy to reach the transition point, therefore, the reaction doesn&#039;t occur.  --- something like that, I&#039;m sure you can do a better job than me. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:16, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;(kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 (kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal/mol) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.5||no||Molecule A-B and atom C slowly approaches each other, and when they get to a certain distance, they repel and moves away from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B slowly approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-85.0||no||Molecule A-B approaches C and B is pulled away from A. B-C oscillates but gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to A, forming molecule A-B.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.4||yes||Same as the one above happens, but molecule A-B oscillates again, gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to C, finally forming molecule B-C.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is no simple trend in the reactivity and the initial conditions, It is evident that small changes to the initial conditions (momentum and hence the total energy) can affect the reactivity. For example based on the last two sets of initial conditions (conditions 4 and 5), we can see that increasing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by 0.2 kg.m/s increases the total energy by 1.6 kcal/mol, and enables the reaction between molecule A-B and atom C, forming atom A and molecule B-C.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot1.png|Initial conditions #1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot2.png|Initial conditions #2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot3.png|Initial conditions #3&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot4.png|Initial conditions #4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot5.png|Initial conditions #5&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory are&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bligaard, T., and J.k. Nørskov. “Heterogeneous Catalysis.” &#039;&#039;Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces&#039;&#039;, 2008, pp. 255–321., doi:10.1016/b978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants are in thermal equilibrium and therefore the energy of the particles can be calculated by the Boltzmann equation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants and the transition state are in equilibrium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- reactants that has reached the transition state with some velocity towards the product will not form back the reactants again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory predictions for reaction rate values ignores the fact that the reaction may not proceed even with energy higher than the activation energy. For example, with initial conditions #4 discussed previously, the reactants approach each other with enough energy and reacts, but the product forms back the reactant species, so there is no reaction overall. This means that the transition state theory predicts reaction rate to be faster than the experimental rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. Please be aware that terms like &#039;Boltzmann&#039;; &#039;equilibrium&#039; are not very applicable in our case, because we only have three atoms in the system. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:12, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-1: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, H + HF is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F bond is stronger (bond strength~ 565 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yoder, Claude. “Wired Chemist.” &#039;&#039;Common Bond Energies (D) and Bond Length (r)&#039;&#039;, www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;) than H-H bond (bond strength~ 432 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;) because although both are covalent bonds and have good orbital overlap due to the same or very similar sized orbitals. H-F is highly polar while H-H bond is purely covalent. This means that the formation of H-F bond is favourable in the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; even with the need to break the H-H bond and thus exothermic, while for the reverse reaction of H + HF, the breaking of H-F to make H-H bond is overall not stabilising and thus the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Did you get the conclusion by checking the values, your prior knowledge or the energy surfaces plot? Did you notice in the energy surface plot, the channel representing H-F + H system is lower in energy compared to H-H + F system. That&#039;s why from H-H + F -&amp;gt; H-F + H is from a higher energy surface to a lower energy surface, releasing energy. That&#039;s why it is exothermic. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:20, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for the F-H-H system is not symmetrical, so the distance between F-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and H-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is not equal. With the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å, the three atoms F, H, H do not move as shown in the internuclear Distances vs Time plot below, which is indicative of a transition state. &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot34.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surface plot also shows the position of the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å as the black spot on the graph is stationary.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot35.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Focusing on the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is exothermic, the transition state is a &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state. based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state is energetically closer and similar in structure to the reactants. This agrees with the internuclear distances (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) obtained for the transition state since the distance between the two H atoms is much shorter than the distance between F and H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:21, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Now choosing a point close to the transition state, the set of initial conditions is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.804 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot36.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The decrease in potential energy (hence the total energy) was determined from the graph as 29.9 kcal/mol. This is indicative of the energy difference between the transition state and the (F-H + H) state. Therefore this is the activation energy for the endothermic reaction between HF + H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, another set of initial conditions is tested: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.824 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot7.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The energy change is very small even at a very large value of t (t= 3000). The activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is estimated to be 0.2 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is also very good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:22, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions:  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 2.0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observations from Animation: The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves towards F and one of the H atoms gets pulled towards F. Then it is bounced back to H, vibrates, and forms back H-F and H in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the Momenta vs Time graph below, the overall momentum has increased after reaction. The reaction energy has been transferred to the products in the form of kinetic energy (vibration). &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plotmomentum.png|Momenta vs Time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;This could be confirmed experimentally by monitoring the change in temperature as the energy could be released to or absorbed from the environment as heat. As F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction, the temperature is expected to increase on reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Good, but how does the change in moment from reactants to products prove the conservation of energy? What&#039;s the method called by measuring the change in temperature? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:31, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration. ===&lt;br /&gt;
For initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, different values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; between -3 and 3 were tested and results are shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kg.m/s)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reaction?&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates and moves towards the F atom until it gets repelled by F and moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|1.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|2.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9&lt;br /&gt;
|3.0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717Hahb.png|Starting positions of F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Observation: A vibrating hydrogen molecule slowly approaches an F atom. One of the H atoms (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) gets pulled towards the F atom, producing F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, but H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gets repelled and moves back towards H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, producing back the reactant, F and H-H. Then the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom gets repelled by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and bonds to F again, ending with F-H and H.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot0.png|Contour plot of the reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-2: H + HF System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #1: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have set the initial conditions at the bottom of the entry channel (H + HF reactant conditions) with very low  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and obtained a reactive trajectory by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #2: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.41.03.png|Initial conditions (F-H, H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.40.57.png|After reaction (F, H-H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.39.12.png|Contour plot for the reaction between F-H and H, producing F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.38.15.png|Change in internuclear distances during and after reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;For a given amount of total energy, the distribution of energy between different modes can affect the efficiency of the reaction. For example, even with enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier for the reaction to occur, if there is not enough translational energy, the reactants will not come close enough to react. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that in simple terms, translational energy is more effective in activating the reactants for exothermic reactions, while vibrational energy is more effective for endothermic reactions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bowman, Joel M. “Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface.” &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, American Association for the Advancement of Science, 21 Oct. 2011, science.sciencemag.org/content/334/6054/343.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The relationship can also be shown as below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ea = mΔH + constant &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where Ea= activation energy, m= indicative of the position of transition state on the reaction coordinate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Wubbels, Gene G. “The Bell–Evans–Polanyi Principle and the Regioselectivity of Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Reactions.” &#039;&#039;Tetrahedron Letters&#039;&#039;, vol. 56, no. 13, 2015, pp. 1716–1719., doi:10.1016/j.tetlet.2015.02.070.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The position of the transition state is important because it determines which of the two modes, the translational energy or the vibrational energy has a larger influence on the efficiency of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at initial conditions #1 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5 ) in which the reaction did not take place, we can say based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules that since this is an endothermic reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H-H + F), vibrational energy has a more significant impact on the reaction efficiency. the momentum in F-H bond is set very low at -0.1, and this is why the reaction does not take place in these conditions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now looking at initial conditions #2 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 ), the reaction was successful and we can see why based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules. In initial conditions #2, the momentum in F-H bond is now set very high at -10.0, which provided the reactants with enough vibrational energy to react.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793858</id>
		<title>MRD:ri3717 summer 2019</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793858"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:22:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Report the activation energy for both reactions. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined as:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:ri3717_Eq.1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;where q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are the reactant molecules, V is the potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state can be identified by starting trajectories near the transition state and if they move towards reactants or products (even with no initial momentum) then it is the transition state. It can be distinguished from a local minimum by calculating the second derivative, which gives a negative value for a local minimum but a positive value for a local maximum (i.e. the transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are you sure about your statement? TS is the maximum point on the minimum energy pathway. A saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]][[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:04, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position is the position at which the distance between A-B (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and B-C (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is equal, as it is symmetrical for this particular reaction. However, for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the H atoms perform oscillation, so the transition state position needs to be estimated by testing different r values. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) found with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å. At this distance, there is almost no oscillation as shown in the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot below:            &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ri3717_plot1.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows that at this value of r, the H atoms do not move with no initial momentum, which is characteristic of a transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:05, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comment on how the MEP and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For trajectories with r values below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 = 0.909&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the MEP and Dynamics trajectories are compared.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_ABC.png|Initial conditions of the three H atoms. Momenta= 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dynamics&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- B moves towards the C and A moves away from the rest. H atoms B and C continue to move to the right as they oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases and fluctuates as the molecule performs an oscillation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- the momentum of A-B (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) increases with time; rapid increase at first then continues to slowly increase to a limit. The momentum of B-C (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) decreases first, then increases with fluctuation. At large t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) reaches a limit at 2.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) oscillates between 1.0-1.5, giving an average of 1.25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The angle θ stays constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;MEP&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- a smooth movement of the H atom in the centre towards the H atom on the right as the H atom on the left accelerates towards left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a very short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases without fluctuation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- no change, constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values are swapped, H atom A and C swap roles- A and B forms a molecule, C moves away to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, it is very descriptive. Very good observation. But you haven&#039;t really shown much understanding, like what do you understand why these differences occur by using two different algorithms?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, in general is good. But you need to improve on your descriptions. Just wondering, did you write all that by looking at the animations? It will be better if you could talk more, in terms of the energy, transition state, e.g. system #2 doesn&#039;t acquire enough activation energy to reach the transition point, therefore, the reaction doesn&#039;t occur.  --- something like that, I&#039;m sure you can do a better job than me. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:16, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;(kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 (kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal/mol) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.5||no||Molecule A-B and atom C slowly approaches each other, and when they get to a certain distance, they repel and moves away from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B slowly approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-85.0||no||Molecule A-B approaches C and B is pulled away from A. B-C oscillates but gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to A, forming molecule A-B.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.4||yes||Same as the one above happens, but molecule A-B oscillates again, gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to C, finally forming molecule B-C.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is no simple trend in the reactivity and the initial conditions, It is evident that small changes to the initial conditions (momentum and hence the total energy) can affect the reactivity. For example based on the last two sets of initial conditions (conditions 4 and 5), we can see that increasing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by 0.2 kg.m/s increases the total energy by 1.6 kcal/mol, and enables the reaction between molecule A-B and atom C, forming atom A and molecule B-C.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot1.png|Initial conditions #1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot2.png|Initial conditions #2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot3.png|Initial conditions #3&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot4.png|Initial conditions #4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot5.png|Initial conditions #5&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory are&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bligaard, T., and J.k. Nørskov. “Heterogeneous Catalysis.” &#039;&#039;Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces&#039;&#039;, 2008, pp. 255–321., doi:10.1016/b978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants are in thermal equilibrium and therefore the energy of the particles can be calculated by the Boltzmann equation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants and the transition state are in equilibrium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- reactants that has reached the transition state with some velocity towards the product will not form back the reactants again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory predictions for reaction rate values ignores the fact that the reaction may not proceed even with energy higher than the activation energy. For example, with initial conditions #4 discussed previously, the reactants approach each other with enough energy and reacts, but the product forms back the reactant species, so there is no reaction overall. This means that the transition state theory predicts reaction rate to be faster than the experimental rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. Please be aware that terms like &#039;Boltzmann&#039;; &#039;equilibrium&#039; are not very applicable in our case, because we only have three atoms in the system. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:12, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-1: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, H + HF is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F bond is stronger (bond strength~ 565 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yoder, Claude. “Wired Chemist.” &#039;&#039;Common Bond Energies (D) and Bond Length (r)&#039;&#039;, www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;) than H-H bond (bond strength~ 432 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;) because although both are covalent bonds and have good orbital overlap due to the same or very similar sized orbitals. H-F is highly polar while H-H bond is purely covalent. This means that the formation of H-F bond is favourable in the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; even with the need to break the H-H bond and thus exothermic, while for the reverse reaction of H + HF, the breaking of H-F to make H-H bond is overall not stabilising and thus the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Did you get the conclusion by checking the values, your prior knowledge or the energy surfaces plot? Did you notice in the energy surface plot, the channel representing H-F + H system is lower in energy compared to H-H + F system. That&#039;s why from H-H + F -&amp;gt; H-F + H is from a higher energy surface to a lower energy surface, releasing energy. That&#039;s why it is exothermic. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:20, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for the F-H-H system is not symmetrical, so the distance between F-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and H-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is not equal. With the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å, the three atoms F, H, H do not move as shown in the internuclear Distances vs Time plot below, which is indicative of a transition state. &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot34.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surface plot also shows the position of the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å as the black spot on the graph is stationary.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot35.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Focusing on the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is exothermic, the transition state is a &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state. based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state is energetically closer and similar in structure to the reactants. This agrees with the internuclear distances (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) obtained for the transition state since the distance between the two H atoms is much shorter than the distance between F and H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:21, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Now choosing a point close to the transition state, the set of initial conditions is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.804 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot36.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The decrease in potential energy (hence the total energy) was determined from the graph as 29.9 kcal/mol. This is indicative of the energy difference between the transition state and the (F-H + H) state. Therefore this is the activation energy for the endothermic reaction between HF + H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, another set of initial conditions is tested: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.824 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot7.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The energy change is very small even at a very large value of t (t= 3000). The activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is estimated to be 0.2 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is also very good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:22, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions:  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 2.0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observations from Animation: The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves towards F and one of the H atoms gets pulled towards F. Then it is bounced back to H, vibrates, and forms back H-F and H in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the Momenta vs Time graph below, the overall momentum has increased after reaction. The reaction energy has been transferred to the products in the form of kinetic energy (vibration). &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plotmomentum.png|Momenta vs Time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;This could be confirmed experimentally by monitoring the change in temperature as the energy could be released to or absorbed from the environment as heat. As F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction, the temperature is expected to increase on reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration. ===&lt;br /&gt;
For initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, different values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; between -3 and 3 were tested and results are shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kg.m/s)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reaction?&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates and moves towards the F atom until it gets repelled by F and moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|1.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|2.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9&lt;br /&gt;
|3.0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717Hahb.png|Starting positions of F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Observation: A vibrating hydrogen molecule slowly approaches an F atom. One of the H atoms (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) gets pulled towards the F atom, producing F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, but H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gets repelled and moves back towards H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, producing back the reactant, F and H-H. Then the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom gets repelled by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and bonds to F again, ending with F-H and H.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot0.png|Contour plot of the reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-2: H + HF System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #1: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have set the initial conditions at the bottom of the entry channel (H + HF reactant conditions) with very low  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and obtained a reactive trajectory by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #2: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.41.03.png|Initial conditions (F-H, H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.40.57.png|After reaction (F, H-H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.39.12.png|Contour plot for the reaction between F-H and H, producing F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.38.15.png|Change in internuclear distances during and after reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;For a given amount of total energy, the distribution of energy between different modes can affect the efficiency of the reaction. For example, even with enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier for the reaction to occur, if there is not enough translational energy, the reactants will not come close enough to react. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that in simple terms, translational energy is more effective in activating the reactants for exothermic reactions, while vibrational energy is more effective for endothermic reactions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bowman, Joel M. “Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface.” &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, American Association for the Advancement of Science, 21 Oct. 2011, science.sciencemag.org/content/334/6054/343.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The relationship can also be shown as below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ea = mΔH + constant &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where Ea= activation energy, m= indicative of the position of transition state on the reaction coordinate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Wubbels, Gene G. “The Bell–Evans–Polanyi Principle and the Regioselectivity of Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Reactions.” &#039;&#039;Tetrahedron Letters&#039;&#039;, vol. 56, no. 13, 2015, pp. 1716–1719., doi:10.1016/j.tetlet.2015.02.070.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The position of the transition state is important because it determines which of the two modes, the translational energy or the vibrational energy has a larger influence on the efficiency of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at initial conditions #1 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5 ) in which the reaction did not take place, we can say based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules that since this is an endothermic reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H-H + F), vibrational energy has a more significant impact on the reaction efficiency. the momentum in F-H bond is set very low at -0.1, and this is why the reaction does not take place in these conditions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now looking at initial conditions #2 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 ), the reaction was successful and we can see why based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules. In initial conditions #2, the momentum in F-H bond is now set very high at -10.0, which provided the reactants with enough vibrational energy to react.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793857</id>
		<title>MRD:ri3717 summer 2019</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793857"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:21:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Locate the approximate position of the transition state. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined as:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:ri3717_Eq.1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;where q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are the reactant molecules, V is the potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state can be identified by starting trajectories near the transition state and if they move towards reactants or products (even with no initial momentum) then it is the transition state. It can be distinguished from a local minimum by calculating the second derivative, which gives a negative value for a local minimum but a positive value for a local maximum (i.e. the transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are you sure about your statement? TS is the maximum point on the minimum energy pathway. A saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]][[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:04, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position is the position at which the distance between A-B (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and B-C (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is equal, as it is symmetrical for this particular reaction. However, for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the H atoms perform oscillation, so the transition state position needs to be estimated by testing different r values. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) found with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å. At this distance, there is almost no oscillation as shown in the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot below:            &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ri3717_plot1.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows that at this value of r, the H atoms do not move with no initial momentum, which is characteristic of a transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:05, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comment on how the MEP and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For trajectories with r values below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 = 0.909&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the MEP and Dynamics trajectories are compared.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_ABC.png|Initial conditions of the three H atoms. Momenta= 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dynamics&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- B moves towards the C and A moves away from the rest. H atoms B and C continue to move to the right as they oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases and fluctuates as the molecule performs an oscillation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- the momentum of A-B (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) increases with time; rapid increase at first then continues to slowly increase to a limit. The momentum of B-C (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) decreases first, then increases with fluctuation. At large t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) reaches a limit at 2.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) oscillates between 1.0-1.5, giving an average of 1.25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The angle θ stays constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;MEP&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- a smooth movement of the H atom in the centre towards the H atom on the right as the H atom on the left accelerates towards left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a very short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases without fluctuation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- no change, constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values are swapped, H atom A and C swap roles- A and B forms a molecule, C moves away to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, it is very descriptive. Very good observation. But you haven&#039;t really shown much understanding, like what do you understand why these differences occur by using two different algorithms?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, in general is good. But you need to improve on your descriptions. Just wondering, did you write all that by looking at the animations? It will be better if you could talk more, in terms of the energy, transition state, e.g. system #2 doesn&#039;t acquire enough activation energy to reach the transition point, therefore, the reaction doesn&#039;t occur.  --- something like that, I&#039;m sure you can do a better job than me. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:16, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;(kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 (kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal/mol) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.5||no||Molecule A-B and atom C slowly approaches each other, and when they get to a certain distance, they repel and moves away from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B slowly approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-85.0||no||Molecule A-B approaches C and B is pulled away from A. B-C oscillates but gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to A, forming molecule A-B.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.4||yes||Same as the one above happens, but molecule A-B oscillates again, gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to C, finally forming molecule B-C.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is no simple trend in the reactivity and the initial conditions, It is evident that small changes to the initial conditions (momentum and hence the total energy) can affect the reactivity. For example based on the last two sets of initial conditions (conditions 4 and 5), we can see that increasing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by 0.2 kg.m/s increases the total energy by 1.6 kcal/mol, and enables the reaction between molecule A-B and atom C, forming atom A and molecule B-C.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot1.png|Initial conditions #1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot2.png|Initial conditions #2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot3.png|Initial conditions #3&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot4.png|Initial conditions #4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot5.png|Initial conditions #5&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory are&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bligaard, T., and J.k. Nørskov. “Heterogeneous Catalysis.” &#039;&#039;Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces&#039;&#039;, 2008, pp. 255–321., doi:10.1016/b978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants are in thermal equilibrium and therefore the energy of the particles can be calculated by the Boltzmann equation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants and the transition state are in equilibrium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- reactants that has reached the transition state with some velocity towards the product will not form back the reactants again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory predictions for reaction rate values ignores the fact that the reaction may not proceed even with energy higher than the activation energy. For example, with initial conditions #4 discussed previously, the reactants approach each other with enough energy and reacts, but the product forms back the reactant species, so there is no reaction overall. This means that the transition state theory predicts reaction rate to be faster than the experimental rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. Please be aware that terms like &#039;Boltzmann&#039;; &#039;equilibrium&#039; are not very applicable in our case, because we only have three atoms in the system. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:12, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-1: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, H + HF is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F bond is stronger (bond strength~ 565 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yoder, Claude. “Wired Chemist.” &#039;&#039;Common Bond Energies (D) and Bond Length (r)&#039;&#039;, www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;) than H-H bond (bond strength~ 432 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;) because although both are covalent bonds and have good orbital overlap due to the same or very similar sized orbitals. H-F is highly polar while H-H bond is purely covalent. This means that the formation of H-F bond is favourable in the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; even with the need to break the H-H bond and thus exothermic, while for the reverse reaction of H + HF, the breaking of H-F to make H-H bond is overall not stabilising and thus the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Did you get the conclusion by checking the values, your prior knowledge or the energy surfaces plot? Did you notice in the energy surface plot, the channel representing H-F + H system is lower in energy compared to H-H + F system. That&#039;s why from H-H + F -&amp;gt; H-F + H is from a higher energy surface to a lower energy surface, releasing energy. That&#039;s why it is exothermic. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:20, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for the F-H-H system is not symmetrical, so the distance between F-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and H-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is not equal. With the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å, the three atoms F, H, H do not move as shown in the internuclear Distances vs Time plot below, which is indicative of a transition state. &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot34.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surface plot also shows the position of the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å as the black spot on the graph is stationary.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot35.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Focusing on the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is exothermic, the transition state is a &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state. based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state is energetically closer and similar in structure to the reactants. This agrees with the internuclear distances (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) obtained for the transition state since the distance between the two H atoms is much shorter than the distance between F and H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good[[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:21, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Now choosing a point close to the transition state, the set of initial conditions is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.804 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot36.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The decrease in potential energy (hence the total energy) was determined from the graph as 29.9 kcal/mol. This is indicative of the energy difference between the transition state and the (F-H + H) state. Therefore this is the activation energy for the endothermic reaction between HF + H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, another set of initial conditions is tested: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.824 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot7.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The energy change is very small even at a very large value of t (t= 3000). The activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is estimated to be 0.2 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions:  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 2.0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observations from Animation: The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves towards F and one of the H atoms gets pulled towards F. Then it is bounced back to H, vibrates, and forms back H-F and H in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the Momenta vs Time graph below, the overall momentum has increased after reaction. The reaction energy has been transferred to the products in the form of kinetic energy (vibration). &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plotmomentum.png|Momenta vs Time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;This could be confirmed experimentally by monitoring the change in temperature as the energy could be released to or absorbed from the environment as heat. As F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction, the temperature is expected to increase on reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration. ===&lt;br /&gt;
For initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, different values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; between -3 and 3 were tested and results are shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kg.m/s)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reaction?&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates and moves towards the F atom until it gets repelled by F and moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|1.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|2.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9&lt;br /&gt;
|3.0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717Hahb.png|Starting positions of F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Observation: A vibrating hydrogen molecule slowly approaches an F atom. One of the H atoms (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) gets pulled towards the F atom, producing F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, but H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gets repelled and moves back towards H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, producing back the reactant, F and H-H. Then the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom gets repelled by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and bonds to F again, ending with F-H and H.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot0.png|Contour plot of the reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-2: H + HF System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #1: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have set the initial conditions at the bottom of the entry channel (H + HF reactant conditions) with very low  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and obtained a reactive trajectory by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #2: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.41.03.png|Initial conditions (F-H, H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.40.57.png|After reaction (F, H-H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.39.12.png|Contour plot for the reaction between F-H and H, producing F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.38.15.png|Change in internuclear distances during and after reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;For a given amount of total energy, the distribution of energy between different modes can affect the efficiency of the reaction. For example, even with enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier for the reaction to occur, if there is not enough translational energy, the reactants will not come close enough to react. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that in simple terms, translational energy is more effective in activating the reactants for exothermic reactions, while vibrational energy is more effective for endothermic reactions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bowman, Joel M. “Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface.” &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, American Association for the Advancement of Science, 21 Oct. 2011, science.sciencemag.org/content/334/6054/343.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The relationship can also be shown as below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ea = mΔH + constant &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where Ea= activation energy, m= indicative of the position of transition state on the reaction coordinate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Wubbels, Gene G. “The Bell–Evans–Polanyi Principle and the Regioselectivity of Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Reactions.” &#039;&#039;Tetrahedron Letters&#039;&#039;, vol. 56, no. 13, 2015, pp. 1716–1719., doi:10.1016/j.tetlet.2015.02.070.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The position of the transition state is important because it determines which of the two modes, the translational energy or the vibrational energy has a larger influence on the efficiency of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at initial conditions #1 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5 ) in which the reaction did not take place, we can say based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules that since this is an endothermic reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H-H + F), vibrational energy has a more significant impact on the reaction efficiency. the momentum in F-H bond is set very low at -0.1, and this is why the reaction does not take place in these conditions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now looking at initial conditions #2 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 ), the reaction was successful and we can see why based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules. In initial conditions #2, the momentum in F-H bond is now set very high at -10.0, which provided the reactants with enough vibrational energy to react.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793855</id>
		<title>MRD:ri3717 summer 2019</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793855"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:20:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined as:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:ri3717_Eq.1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;where q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are the reactant molecules, V is the potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state can be identified by starting trajectories near the transition state and if they move towards reactants or products (even with no initial momentum) then it is the transition state. It can be distinguished from a local minimum by calculating the second derivative, which gives a negative value for a local minimum but a positive value for a local maximum (i.e. the transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are you sure about your statement? TS is the maximum point on the minimum energy pathway. A saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]][[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:04, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position is the position at which the distance between A-B (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and B-C (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is equal, as it is symmetrical for this particular reaction. However, for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the H atoms perform oscillation, so the transition state position needs to be estimated by testing different r values. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) found with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å. At this distance, there is almost no oscillation as shown in the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot below:            &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ri3717_plot1.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows that at this value of r, the H atoms do not move with no initial momentum, which is characteristic of a transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:05, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comment on how the MEP and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For trajectories with r values below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 = 0.909&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the MEP and Dynamics trajectories are compared.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_ABC.png|Initial conditions of the three H atoms. Momenta= 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dynamics&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- B moves towards the C and A moves away from the rest. H atoms B and C continue to move to the right as they oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases and fluctuates as the molecule performs an oscillation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- the momentum of A-B (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) increases with time; rapid increase at first then continues to slowly increase to a limit. The momentum of B-C (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) decreases first, then increases with fluctuation. At large t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) reaches a limit at 2.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) oscillates between 1.0-1.5, giving an average of 1.25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The angle θ stays constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;MEP&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- a smooth movement of the H atom in the centre towards the H atom on the right as the H atom on the left accelerates towards left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a very short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases without fluctuation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- no change, constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values are swapped, H atom A and C swap roles- A and B forms a molecule, C moves away to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, it is very descriptive. Very good observation. But you haven&#039;t really shown much understanding, like what do you understand why these differences occur by using two different algorithms?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, in general is good. But you need to improve on your descriptions. Just wondering, did you write all that by looking at the animations? It will be better if you could talk more, in terms of the energy, transition state, e.g. system #2 doesn&#039;t acquire enough activation energy to reach the transition point, therefore, the reaction doesn&#039;t occur.  --- something like that, I&#039;m sure you can do a better job than me. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:16, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;(kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 (kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal/mol) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.5||no||Molecule A-B and atom C slowly approaches each other, and when they get to a certain distance, they repel and moves away from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B slowly approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-85.0||no||Molecule A-B approaches C and B is pulled away from A. B-C oscillates but gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to A, forming molecule A-B.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.4||yes||Same as the one above happens, but molecule A-B oscillates again, gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to C, finally forming molecule B-C.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is no simple trend in the reactivity and the initial conditions, It is evident that small changes to the initial conditions (momentum and hence the total energy) can affect the reactivity. For example based on the last two sets of initial conditions (conditions 4 and 5), we can see that increasing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by 0.2 kg.m/s increases the total energy by 1.6 kcal/mol, and enables the reaction between molecule A-B and atom C, forming atom A and molecule B-C.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot1.png|Initial conditions #1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot2.png|Initial conditions #2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot3.png|Initial conditions #3&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot4.png|Initial conditions #4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot5.png|Initial conditions #5&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory are&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bligaard, T., and J.k. Nørskov. “Heterogeneous Catalysis.” &#039;&#039;Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces&#039;&#039;, 2008, pp. 255–321., doi:10.1016/b978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants are in thermal equilibrium and therefore the energy of the particles can be calculated by the Boltzmann equation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants and the transition state are in equilibrium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- reactants that has reached the transition state with some velocity towards the product will not form back the reactants again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory predictions for reaction rate values ignores the fact that the reaction may not proceed even with energy higher than the activation energy. For example, with initial conditions #4 discussed previously, the reactants approach each other with enough energy and reacts, but the product forms back the reactant species, so there is no reaction overall. This means that the transition state theory predicts reaction rate to be faster than the experimental rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. Please be aware that terms like &#039;Boltzmann&#039;; &#039;equilibrium&#039; are not very applicable in our case, because we only have three atoms in the system. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:12, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-1: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, H + HF is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F bond is stronger (bond strength~ 565 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yoder, Claude. “Wired Chemist.” &#039;&#039;Common Bond Energies (D) and Bond Length (r)&#039;&#039;, www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;) than H-H bond (bond strength~ 432 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;) because although both are covalent bonds and have good orbital overlap due to the same or very similar sized orbitals. H-F is highly polar while H-H bond is purely covalent. This means that the formation of H-F bond is favourable in the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; even with the need to break the H-H bond and thus exothermic, while for the reverse reaction of H + HF, the breaking of H-F to make H-H bond is overall not stabilising and thus the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Did you get the conclusion by checking the values, your prior knowledge or the energy surfaces plot? Did you notice in the energy surface plot, the channel representing H-F + H system is lower in energy compared to H-H + F system. That&#039;s why from H-H + F -&amp;gt; H-F + H is from a higher energy surface to a lower energy surface, releasing energy. That&#039;s why it is exothermic. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:20, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for the F-H-H system is not symmetrical, so the distance between F-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and H-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is not equal. With the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å, the three atoms F, H, H do not move as shown in the internuclear Distances vs Time plot below, which is indicative of a transition state. &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot34.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surface plot also shows the position of the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å as the black spot on the graph is stationary.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot35.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Focusing on the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is exothermic, the transition state is a &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state. based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state is energetically closer and similar in structure to the reactants. This agrees with the internuclear distances (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) obtained for the transition state since the distance between the two H atoms is much shorter than the distance between F and H.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Now choosing a point close to the transition state, the set of initial conditions is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.804 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot36.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The decrease in potential energy (hence the total energy) was determined from the graph as 29.9 kcal/mol. This is indicative of the energy difference between the transition state and the (F-H + H) state. Therefore this is the activation energy for the endothermic reaction between HF + H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, another set of initial conditions is tested: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.824 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot7.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The energy change is very small even at a very large value of t (t= 3000). The activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is estimated to be 0.2 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions:  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 2.0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observations from Animation: The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves towards F and one of the H atoms gets pulled towards F. Then it is bounced back to H, vibrates, and forms back H-F and H in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the Momenta vs Time graph below, the overall momentum has increased after reaction. The reaction energy has been transferred to the products in the form of kinetic energy (vibration). &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plotmomentum.png|Momenta vs Time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;This could be confirmed experimentally by monitoring the change in temperature as the energy could be released to or absorbed from the environment as heat. As F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction, the temperature is expected to increase on reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration. ===&lt;br /&gt;
For initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, different values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; between -3 and 3 were tested and results are shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kg.m/s)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reaction?&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates and moves towards the F atom until it gets repelled by F and moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|1.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|2.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9&lt;br /&gt;
|3.0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717Hahb.png|Starting positions of F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Observation: A vibrating hydrogen molecule slowly approaches an F atom. One of the H atoms (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) gets pulled towards the F atom, producing F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, but H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gets repelled and moves back towards H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, producing back the reactant, F and H-H. Then the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom gets repelled by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and bonds to F again, ending with F-H and H.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot0.png|Contour plot of the reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-2: H + HF System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #1: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have set the initial conditions at the bottom of the entry channel (H + HF reactant conditions) with very low  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and obtained a reactive trajectory by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #2: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.41.03.png|Initial conditions (F-H, H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.40.57.png|After reaction (F, H-H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.39.12.png|Contour plot for the reaction between F-H and H, producing F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.38.15.png|Change in internuclear distances during and after reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;For a given amount of total energy, the distribution of energy between different modes can affect the efficiency of the reaction. For example, even with enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier for the reaction to occur, if there is not enough translational energy, the reactants will not come close enough to react. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that in simple terms, translational energy is more effective in activating the reactants for exothermic reactions, while vibrational energy is more effective for endothermic reactions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bowman, Joel M. “Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface.” &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, American Association for the Advancement of Science, 21 Oct. 2011, science.sciencemag.org/content/334/6054/343.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The relationship can also be shown as below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ea = mΔH + constant &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where Ea= activation energy, m= indicative of the position of transition state on the reaction coordinate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Wubbels, Gene G. “The Bell–Evans–Polanyi Principle and the Regioselectivity of Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Reactions.” &#039;&#039;Tetrahedron Letters&#039;&#039;, vol. 56, no. 13, 2015, pp. 1716–1719., doi:10.1016/j.tetlet.2015.02.070.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The position of the transition state is important because it determines which of the two modes, the translational energy or the vibrational energy has a larger influence on the efficiency of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at initial conditions #1 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5 ) in which the reaction did not take place, we can say based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules that since this is an endothermic reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H-H + F), vibrational energy has a more significant impact on the reaction efficiency. the momentum in F-H bond is set very low at -0.1, and this is why the reaction does not take place in these conditions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now looking at initial conditions #2 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 ), the reaction was successful and we can see why based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules. In initial conditions #2, the momentum in F-H bond is now set very high at -10.0, which provided the reactants with enough vibrational energy to react.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793853</id>
		<title>MRD:ri3717 summer 2019</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793853"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:16:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined as:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:ri3717_Eq.1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;where q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are the reactant molecules, V is the potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state can be identified by starting trajectories near the transition state and if they move towards reactants or products (even with no initial momentum) then it is the transition state. It can be distinguished from a local minimum by calculating the second derivative, which gives a negative value for a local minimum but a positive value for a local maximum (i.e. the transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are you sure about your statement? TS is the maximum point on the minimum energy pathway. A saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]][[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:04, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position is the position at which the distance between A-B (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and B-C (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is equal, as it is symmetrical for this particular reaction. However, for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the H atoms perform oscillation, so the transition state position needs to be estimated by testing different r values. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) found with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å. At this distance, there is almost no oscillation as shown in the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot below:            &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ri3717_plot1.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows that at this value of r, the H atoms do not move with no initial momentum, which is characteristic of a transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:05, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comment on how the MEP and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For trajectories with r values below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 = 0.909&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the MEP and Dynamics trajectories are compared.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_ABC.png|Initial conditions of the three H atoms. Momenta= 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dynamics&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- B moves towards the C and A moves away from the rest. H atoms B and C continue to move to the right as they oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases and fluctuates as the molecule performs an oscillation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- the momentum of A-B (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) increases with time; rapid increase at first then continues to slowly increase to a limit. The momentum of B-C (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) decreases first, then increases with fluctuation. At large t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) reaches a limit at 2.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) oscillates between 1.0-1.5, giving an average of 1.25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The angle θ stays constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;MEP&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- a smooth movement of the H atom in the centre towards the H atom on the right as the H atom on the left accelerates towards left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a very short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases without fluctuation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- no change, constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values are swapped, H atom A and C swap roles- A and B forms a molecule, C moves away to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, it is very descriptive. Very good observation. But you haven&#039;t really shown much understanding, like what do you understand why these differences occur by using two different algorithms?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, in general is good. But you need to improve on your descriptions. Just wondering, did you write all that by looking at the animations? It will be better if you could talk more, in terms of the energy, transition state, e.g. system #2 doesn&#039;t acquire enough activation energy to reach the transition point, therefore, the reaction doesn&#039;t occur.  --- something like that, I&#039;m sure you can do a better job than me. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:16, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;(kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 (kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal/mol) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.5||no||Molecule A-B and atom C slowly approaches each other, and when they get to a certain distance, they repel and moves away from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B slowly approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-85.0||no||Molecule A-B approaches C and B is pulled away from A. B-C oscillates but gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to A, forming molecule A-B.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.4||yes||Same as the one above happens, but molecule A-B oscillates again, gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to C, finally forming molecule B-C.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is no simple trend in the reactivity and the initial conditions, It is evident that small changes to the initial conditions (momentum and hence the total energy) can affect the reactivity. For example based on the last two sets of initial conditions (conditions 4 and 5), we can see that increasing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by 0.2 kg.m/s increases the total energy by 1.6 kcal/mol, and enables the reaction between molecule A-B and atom C, forming atom A and molecule B-C.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot1.png|Initial conditions #1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot2.png|Initial conditions #2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot3.png|Initial conditions #3&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot4.png|Initial conditions #4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot5.png|Initial conditions #5&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory are&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bligaard, T., and J.k. Nørskov. “Heterogeneous Catalysis.” &#039;&#039;Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces&#039;&#039;, 2008, pp. 255–321., doi:10.1016/b978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants are in thermal equilibrium and therefore the energy of the particles can be calculated by the Boltzmann equation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants and the transition state are in equilibrium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- reactants that has reached the transition state with some velocity towards the product will not form back the reactants again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory predictions for reaction rate values ignores the fact that the reaction may not proceed even with energy higher than the activation energy. For example, with initial conditions #4 discussed previously, the reactants approach each other with enough energy and reacts, but the product forms back the reactant species, so there is no reaction overall. This means that the transition state theory predicts reaction rate to be faster than the experimental rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. Please be aware that terms like &#039;Boltzmann&#039;; &#039;equilibrium&#039; are not very applicable in our case, because we only have three atoms in the system. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:12, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-1: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, H + HF is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F bond is stronger (bond strength~ 565 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yoder, Claude. “Wired Chemist.” &#039;&#039;Common Bond Energies (D) and Bond Length (r)&#039;&#039;, www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;) than H-H bond (bond strength~ 432 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;) because although both are covalent bonds and have good orbital overlap due to the same or very similar sized orbitals. H-F is highly polar while H-H bond is purely covalent. This means that the formation of H-F bond is favourable in the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; even with the need to break the H-H bond and thus exothermic, while for the reverse reaction of H + HF, the breaking of H-F to make H-H bond is overall not stabilising and thus the reaction is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for the F-H-H system is not symmetrical, so the distance between F-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and H-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is not equal. With the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å, the three atoms F, H, H do not move as shown in the internuclear Distances vs Time plot below, which is indicative of a transition state. &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot34.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surface plot also shows the position of the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å as the black spot on the graph is stationary.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot35.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Focusing on the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is exothermic, the transition state is a &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state. based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state is energetically closer and similar in structure to the reactants. This agrees with the internuclear distances (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) obtained for the transition state since the distance between the two H atoms is much shorter than the distance between F and H.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Now choosing a point close to the transition state, the set of initial conditions is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.804 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot36.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The decrease in potential energy (hence the total energy) was determined from the graph as 29.9 kcal/mol. This is indicative of the energy difference between the transition state and the (F-H + H) state. Therefore this is the activation energy for the endothermic reaction between HF + H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, another set of initial conditions is tested: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.824 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot7.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The energy change is very small even at a very large value of t (t= 3000). The activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is estimated to be 0.2 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions:  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 2.0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observations from Animation: The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves towards F and one of the H atoms gets pulled towards F. Then it is bounced back to H, vibrates, and forms back H-F and H in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the Momenta vs Time graph below, the overall momentum has increased after reaction. The reaction energy has been transferred to the products in the form of kinetic energy (vibration). &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plotmomentum.png|Momenta vs Time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;This could be confirmed experimentally by monitoring the change in temperature as the energy could be released to or absorbed from the environment as heat. As F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction, the temperature is expected to increase on reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration. ===&lt;br /&gt;
For initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, different values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; between -3 and 3 were tested and results are shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kg.m/s)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reaction?&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates and moves towards the F atom until it gets repelled by F and moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|1.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|2.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9&lt;br /&gt;
|3.0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717Hahb.png|Starting positions of F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Observation: A vibrating hydrogen molecule slowly approaches an F atom. One of the H atoms (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) gets pulled towards the F atom, producing F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, but H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gets repelled and moves back towards H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, producing back the reactant, F and H-H. Then the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom gets repelled by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and bonds to F again, ending with F-H and H.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot0.png|Contour plot of the reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-2: H + HF System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #1: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have set the initial conditions at the bottom of the entry channel (H + HF reactant conditions) with very low  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and obtained a reactive trajectory by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #2: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.41.03.png|Initial conditions (F-H, H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.40.57.png|After reaction (F, H-H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.39.12.png|Contour plot for the reaction between F-H and H, producing F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.38.15.png|Change in internuclear distances during and after reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;For a given amount of total energy, the distribution of energy between different modes can affect the efficiency of the reaction. For example, even with enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier for the reaction to occur, if there is not enough translational energy, the reactants will not come close enough to react. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that in simple terms, translational energy is more effective in activating the reactants for exothermic reactions, while vibrational energy is more effective for endothermic reactions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bowman, Joel M. “Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface.” &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, American Association for the Advancement of Science, 21 Oct. 2011, science.sciencemag.org/content/334/6054/343.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The relationship can also be shown as below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ea = mΔH + constant &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where Ea= activation energy, m= indicative of the position of transition state on the reaction coordinate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Wubbels, Gene G. “The Bell–Evans–Polanyi Principle and the Regioselectivity of Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Reactions.” &#039;&#039;Tetrahedron Letters&#039;&#039;, vol. 56, no. 13, 2015, pp. 1716–1719., doi:10.1016/j.tetlet.2015.02.070.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The position of the transition state is important because it determines which of the two modes, the translational energy or the vibrational energy has a larger influence on the efficiency of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at initial conditions #1 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5 ) in which the reaction did not take place, we can say based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules that since this is an endothermic reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H-H + F), vibrational energy has a more significant impact on the reaction efficiency. the momentum in F-H bond is set very low at -0.1, and this is why the reaction does not take place in these conditions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now looking at initial conditions #2 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 ), the reaction was successful and we can see why based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules. In initial conditions #2, the momentum in F-H bond is now set very high at -10.0, which provided the reactants with enough vibrational energy to react.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793852</id>
		<title>MRD:ri3717 summer 2019</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793852"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:12:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined as:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:ri3717_Eq.1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;where q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are the reactant molecules, V is the potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state can be identified by starting trajectories near the transition state and if they move towards reactants or products (even with no initial momentum) then it is the transition state. It can be distinguished from a local minimum by calculating the second derivative, which gives a negative value for a local minimum but a positive value for a local maximum (i.e. the transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are you sure about your statement? TS is the maximum point on the minimum energy pathway. A saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]][[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:04, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position is the position at which the distance between A-B (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and B-C (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is equal, as it is symmetrical for this particular reaction. However, for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the H atoms perform oscillation, so the transition state position needs to be estimated by testing different r values. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) found with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å. At this distance, there is almost no oscillation as shown in the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot below:            &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ri3717_plot1.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows that at this value of r, the H atoms do not move with no initial momentum, which is characteristic of a transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:05, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comment on how the MEP and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For trajectories with r values below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 = 0.909&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the MEP and Dynamics trajectories are compared.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_ABC.png|Initial conditions of the three H atoms. Momenta= 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dynamics&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- B moves towards the C and A moves away from the rest. H atoms B and C continue to move to the right as they oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases and fluctuates as the molecule performs an oscillation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- the momentum of A-B (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) increases with time; rapid increase at first then continues to slowly increase to a limit. The momentum of B-C (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) decreases first, then increases with fluctuation. At large t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) reaches a limit at 2.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) oscillates between 1.0-1.5, giving an average of 1.25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The angle θ stays constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;MEP&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- a smooth movement of the H atom in the centre towards the H atom on the right as the H atom on the left accelerates towards left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a very short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases without fluctuation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- no change, constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values are swapped, H atom A and C swap roles- A and B forms a molecule, C moves away to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, it is very descriptive. Very good observation. But you haven&#039;t really shown much understanding, like what do you understand why these differences occur by using two different algorithms?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table. ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;(kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 (kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal/mol) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.5||no||Molecule A-B and atom C slowly approaches each other, and when they get to a certain distance, they repel and moves away from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B slowly approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-85.0||no||Molecule A-B approaches C and B is pulled away from A. B-C oscillates but gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to A, forming molecule A-B.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.4||yes||Same as the one above happens, but molecule A-B oscillates again, gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to C, finally forming molecule B-C.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is no simple trend in the reactivity and the initial conditions, It is evident that small changes to the initial conditions (momentum and hence the total energy) can affect the reactivity. For example based on the last two sets of initial conditions (conditions 4 and 5), we can see that increasing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by 0.2 kg.m/s increases the total energy by 1.6 kcal/mol, and enables the reaction between molecule A-B and atom C, forming atom A and molecule B-C.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot1.png|Initial conditions #1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot2.png|Initial conditions #2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot3.png|Initial conditions #3&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot4.png|Initial conditions #4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot5.png|Initial conditions #5&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory are&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bligaard, T., and J.k. Nørskov. “Heterogeneous Catalysis.” &#039;&#039;Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces&#039;&#039;, 2008, pp. 255–321., doi:10.1016/b978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants are in thermal equilibrium and therefore the energy of the particles can be calculated by the Boltzmann equation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants and the transition state are in equilibrium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- reactants that has reached the transition state with some velocity towards the product will not form back the reactants again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory predictions for reaction rate values ignores the fact that the reaction may not proceed even with energy higher than the activation energy. For example, with initial conditions #4 discussed previously, the reactants approach each other with enough energy and reacts, but the product forms back the reactant species, so there is no reaction overall. This means that the transition state theory predicts reaction rate to be faster than the experimental rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. Please be aware that terms like &#039;Boltzmann&#039;; &#039;equilibrium&#039; are not very applicable in our case, because we only have three atoms in the system. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:12, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-1: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, H + HF is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F bond is stronger (bond strength~ 565 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yoder, Claude. “Wired Chemist.” &#039;&#039;Common Bond Energies (D) and Bond Length (r)&#039;&#039;, www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;) than H-H bond (bond strength~ 432 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;) because although both are covalent bonds and have good orbital overlap due to the same or very similar sized orbitals. H-F is highly polar while H-H bond is purely covalent. This means that the formation of H-F bond is favourable in the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; even with the need to break the H-H bond and thus exothermic, while for the reverse reaction of H + HF, the breaking of H-F to make H-H bond is overall not stabilising and thus the reaction is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for the F-H-H system is not symmetrical, so the distance between F-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and H-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is not equal. With the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å, the three atoms F, H, H do not move as shown in the internuclear Distances vs Time plot below, which is indicative of a transition state. &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot34.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surface plot also shows the position of the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å as the black spot on the graph is stationary.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot35.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Focusing on the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is exothermic, the transition state is a &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state. based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state is energetically closer and similar in structure to the reactants. This agrees with the internuclear distances (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) obtained for the transition state since the distance between the two H atoms is much shorter than the distance between F and H.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Now choosing a point close to the transition state, the set of initial conditions is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.804 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot36.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The decrease in potential energy (hence the total energy) was determined from the graph as 29.9 kcal/mol. This is indicative of the energy difference between the transition state and the (F-H + H) state. Therefore this is the activation energy for the endothermic reaction between HF + H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, another set of initial conditions is tested: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.824 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot7.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The energy change is very small even at a very large value of t (t= 3000). The activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is estimated to be 0.2 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions:  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 2.0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observations from Animation: The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves towards F and one of the H atoms gets pulled towards F. Then it is bounced back to H, vibrates, and forms back H-F and H in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the Momenta vs Time graph below, the overall momentum has increased after reaction. The reaction energy has been transferred to the products in the form of kinetic energy (vibration). &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plotmomentum.png|Momenta vs Time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;This could be confirmed experimentally by monitoring the change in temperature as the energy could be released to or absorbed from the environment as heat. As F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction, the temperature is expected to increase on reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration. ===&lt;br /&gt;
For initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, different values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; between -3 and 3 were tested and results are shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kg.m/s)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reaction?&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates and moves towards the F atom until it gets repelled by F and moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|1.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|2.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9&lt;br /&gt;
|3.0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717Hahb.png|Starting positions of F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Observation: A vibrating hydrogen molecule slowly approaches an F atom. One of the H atoms (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) gets pulled towards the F atom, producing F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, but H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gets repelled and moves back towards H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, producing back the reactant, F and H-H. Then the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom gets repelled by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and bonds to F again, ending with F-H and H.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot0.png|Contour plot of the reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-2: H + HF System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #1: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have set the initial conditions at the bottom of the entry channel (H + HF reactant conditions) with very low  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and obtained a reactive trajectory by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #2: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.41.03.png|Initial conditions (F-H, H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.40.57.png|After reaction (F, H-H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.39.12.png|Contour plot for the reaction between F-H and H, producing F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.38.15.png|Change in internuclear distances during and after reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;For a given amount of total energy, the distribution of energy between different modes can affect the efficiency of the reaction. For example, even with enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier for the reaction to occur, if there is not enough translational energy, the reactants will not come close enough to react. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that in simple terms, translational energy is more effective in activating the reactants for exothermic reactions, while vibrational energy is more effective for endothermic reactions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bowman, Joel M. “Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface.” &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, American Association for the Advancement of Science, 21 Oct. 2011, science.sciencemag.org/content/334/6054/343.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The relationship can also be shown as below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ea = mΔH + constant &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where Ea= activation energy, m= indicative of the position of transition state on the reaction coordinate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Wubbels, Gene G. “The Bell–Evans–Polanyi Principle and the Regioselectivity of Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Reactions.” &#039;&#039;Tetrahedron Letters&#039;&#039;, vol. 56, no. 13, 2015, pp. 1716–1719., doi:10.1016/j.tetlet.2015.02.070.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The position of the transition state is important because it determines which of the two modes, the translational energy or the vibrational energy has a larger influence on the efficiency of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at initial conditions #1 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5 ) in which the reaction did not take place, we can say based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules that since this is an endothermic reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H-H + F), vibrational energy has a more significant impact on the reaction efficiency. the momentum in F-H bond is set very low at -0.1, and this is why the reaction does not take place in these conditions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now looking at initial conditions #2 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 ), the reaction was successful and we can see why based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules. In initial conditions #2, the momentum in F-H bond is now set very high at -10.0, which provided the reactants with enough vibrational energy to react.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793851</id>
		<title>MRD:ri3717 summer 2019</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793851"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:09:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Comment on how the MEP and the trajectory you just calculated differ. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined as:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:ri3717_Eq.1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;where q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are the reactant molecules, V is the potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state can be identified by starting trajectories near the transition state and if they move towards reactants or products (even with no initial momentum) then it is the transition state. It can be distinguished from a local minimum by calculating the second derivative, which gives a negative value for a local minimum but a positive value for a local maximum (i.e. the transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are you sure about your statement? TS is the maximum point on the minimum energy pathway. A saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]][[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:04, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position is the position at which the distance between A-B (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and B-C (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is equal, as it is symmetrical for this particular reaction. However, for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the H atoms perform oscillation, so the transition state position needs to be estimated by testing different r values. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) found with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å. At this distance, there is almost no oscillation as shown in the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot below:            &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ri3717_plot1.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows that at this value of r, the H atoms do not move with no initial momentum, which is characteristic of a transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:05, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comment on how the MEP and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For trajectories with r values below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 = 0.909&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the MEP and Dynamics trajectories are compared.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_ABC.png|Initial conditions of the three H atoms. Momenta= 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dynamics&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- B moves towards the C and A moves away from the rest. H atoms B and C continue to move to the right as they oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases and fluctuates as the molecule performs an oscillation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- the momentum of A-B (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) increases with time; rapid increase at first then continues to slowly increase to a limit. The momentum of B-C (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) decreases first, then increases with fluctuation. At large t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) reaches a limit at 2.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) oscillates between 1.0-1.5, giving an average of 1.25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The angle θ stays constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;MEP&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- a smooth movement of the H atom in the centre towards the H atom on the right as the H atom on the left accelerates towards left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a very short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases without fluctuation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- no change, constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values are swapped, H atom A and C swap roles- A and B forms a molecule, C moves away to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part, it is very descriptive. Very good observation. But you haven&#039;t really shown much understanding, like what do you understand why these differences occur by using two different algorithms?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table. ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;(kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 (kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal/mol) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.5||no||Molecule A-B and atom C slowly approaches each other, and when they get to a certain distance, they repel and moves away from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B slowly approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-85.0||no||Molecule A-B approaches C and B is pulled away from A. B-C oscillates but gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to A, forming molecule A-B.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.4||yes||Same as the one above happens, but molecule A-B oscillates again, gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to C, finally forming molecule B-C.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is no simple trend in the reactivity and the initial conditions, It is evident that small changes to the initial conditions (momentum and hence the total energy) can affect the reactivity. For example based on the last two sets of initial conditions (conditions 4 and 5), we can see that increasing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by 0.2 kg.m/s increases the total energy by 1.6 kcal/mol, and enables the reaction between molecule A-B and atom C, forming atom A and molecule B-C.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot1.png|Initial conditions #1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot2.png|Initial conditions #2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot3.png|Initial conditions #3&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot4.png|Initial conditions #4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot5.png|Initial conditions #5&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory are&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bligaard, T., and J.k. Nørskov. “Heterogeneous Catalysis.” &#039;&#039;Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces&#039;&#039;, 2008, pp. 255–321., doi:10.1016/b978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants are in thermal equilibrium and therefore the energy of the particles can be calculated by the Boltzmann equation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants and the transition state are in equilibrium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- reactants that has reached the transition state with some velocity towards the product will not form back the reactants again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory predictions for reaction rate values ignores the fact that the reaction may not proceed even with energy higher than the activation energy. For example, with initial conditions #4 discussed previously, the reactants approach each other with enough energy and reacts, but the product forms back the reactant species, so there is no reaction overall. This means that the transition state theory predicts reaction rate to be faster than the experimental rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-1: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, H + HF is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F bond is stronger (bond strength~ 565 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yoder, Claude. “Wired Chemist.” &#039;&#039;Common Bond Energies (D) and Bond Length (r)&#039;&#039;, www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;) than H-H bond (bond strength~ 432 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;) because although both are covalent bonds and have good orbital overlap due to the same or very similar sized orbitals. H-F is highly polar while H-H bond is purely covalent. This means that the formation of H-F bond is favourable in the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; even with the need to break the H-H bond and thus exothermic, while for the reverse reaction of H + HF, the breaking of H-F to make H-H bond is overall not stabilising and thus the reaction is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for the F-H-H system is not symmetrical, so the distance between F-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and H-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is not equal. With the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å, the three atoms F, H, H do not move as shown in the internuclear Distances vs Time plot below, which is indicative of a transition state. &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot34.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surface plot also shows the position of the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å as the black spot on the graph is stationary.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot35.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Focusing on the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is exothermic, the transition state is a &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state. based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state is energetically closer and similar in structure to the reactants. This agrees with the internuclear distances (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) obtained for the transition state since the distance between the two H atoms is much shorter than the distance between F and H.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Now choosing a point close to the transition state, the set of initial conditions is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.804 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot36.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The decrease in potential energy (hence the total energy) was determined from the graph as 29.9 kcal/mol. This is indicative of the energy difference between the transition state and the (F-H + H) state. Therefore this is the activation energy for the endothermic reaction between HF + H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, another set of initial conditions is tested: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.824 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot7.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The energy change is very small even at a very large value of t (t= 3000). The activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is estimated to be 0.2 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions:  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 2.0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observations from Animation: The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves towards F and one of the H atoms gets pulled towards F. Then it is bounced back to H, vibrates, and forms back H-F and H in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the Momenta vs Time graph below, the overall momentum has increased after reaction. The reaction energy has been transferred to the products in the form of kinetic energy (vibration). &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plotmomentum.png|Momenta vs Time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;This could be confirmed experimentally by monitoring the change in temperature as the energy could be released to or absorbed from the environment as heat. As F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction, the temperature is expected to increase on reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration. ===&lt;br /&gt;
For initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, different values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; between -3 and 3 were tested and results are shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kg.m/s)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reaction?&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates and moves towards the F atom until it gets repelled by F and moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|1.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|2.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9&lt;br /&gt;
|3.0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717Hahb.png|Starting positions of F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Observation: A vibrating hydrogen molecule slowly approaches an F atom. One of the H atoms (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) gets pulled towards the F atom, producing F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, but H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gets repelled and moves back towards H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, producing back the reactant, F and H-H. Then the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom gets repelled by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and bonds to F again, ending with F-H and H.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot0.png|Contour plot of the reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-2: H + HF System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #1: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have set the initial conditions at the bottom of the entry channel (H + HF reactant conditions) with very low  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and obtained a reactive trajectory by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #2: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.41.03.png|Initial conditions (F-H, H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.40.57.png|After reaction (F, H-H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.39.12.png|Contour plot for the reaction between F-H and H, producing F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.38.15.png|Change in internuclear distances during and after reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;For a given amount of total energy, the distribution of energy between different modes can affect the efficiency of the reaction. For example, even with enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier for the reaction to occur, if there is not enough translational energy, the reactants will not come close enough to react. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that in simple terms, translational energy is more effective in activating the reactants for exothermic reactions, while vibrational energy is more effective for endothermic reactions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bowman, Joel M. “Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface.” &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, American Association for the Advancement of Science, 21 Oct. 2011, science.sciencemag.org/content/334/6054/343.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The relationship can also be shown as below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ea = mΔH + constant &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where Ea= activation energy, m= indicative of the position of transition state on the reaction coordinate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Wubbels, Gene G. “The Bell–Evans–Polanyi Principle and the Regioselectivity of Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Reactions.” &#039;&#039;Tetrahedron Letters&#039;&#039;, vol. 56, no. 13, 2015, pp. 1716–1719., doi:10.1016/j.tetlet.2015.02.070.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The position of the transition state is important because it determines which of the two modes, the translational energy or the vibrational energy has a larger influence on the efficiency of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at initial conditions #1 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5 ) in which the reaction did not take place, we can say based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules that since this is an endothermic reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H-H + F), vibrational energy has a more significant impact on the reaction efficiency. the momentum in F-H bond is set very low at -0.1, and this is why the reaction does not take place in these conditions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now looking at initial conditions #2 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 ), the reaction was successful and we can see why based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules. In initial conditions #2, the momentum in F-H bond is now set very high at -10.0, which provided the reactants with enough vibrational energy to react.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793850</id>
		<title>MRD:ri3717 summer 2019</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793850"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:05:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) for trajectories from r1 = r2 and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined as:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:ri3717_Eq.1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;where q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are the reactant molecules, V is the potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state can be identified by starting trajectories near the transition state and if they move towards reactants or products (even with no initial momentum) then it is the transition state. It can be distinguished from a local minimum by calculating the second derivative, which gives a negative value for a local minimum but a positive value for a local maximum (i.e. the transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are you sure about your statement? TS is the maximum point on the minimum energy pathway. A saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]][[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:04, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position is the position at which the distance between A-B (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and B-C (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is equal, as it is symmetrical for this particular reaction. However, for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the H atoms perform oscillation, so the transition state position needs to be estimated by testing different r values. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) found with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å. At this distance, there is almost no oscillation as shown in the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot below:            &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ri3717_plot1.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows that at this value of r, the H atoms do not move with no initial momentum, which is characteristic of a transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:05, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comment on how the MEP and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For trajectories with r values below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 = 0.909&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the MEP and Dynamics trajectories are compared.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_ABC.png|Initial conditions of the three H atoms. Momenta= 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dynamics&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- B moves towards the C and A moves away from the rest. H atoms B and C continue to move to the right as they oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases and fluctuates as the molecule performs an oscillation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- the momentum of A-B (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) increases with time; rapid increase at first then continues to slowly increase to a limit. The momentum of B-C (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) decreases first, then increases with fluctuation. At large t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) reaches a limit at 2.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) oscillates between 1.0-1.5, giving an average of 1.25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The angle θ stays constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;MEP&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- a smooth movement of the H atom in the centre towards the H atom on the right as the H atom on the left accelerates towards left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a very short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases without fluctuation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- no change, constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values are swapped, H atom A and C swap roles- A and B forms a molecule, C moves away to the right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table. ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;(kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 (kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal/mol) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.5||no||Molecule A-B and atom C slowly approaches each other, and when they get to a certain distance, they repel and moves away from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B slowly approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-85.0||no||Molecule A-B approaches C and B is pulled away from A. B-C oscillates but gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to A, forming molecule A-B.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.4||yes||Same as the one above happens, but molecule A-B oscillates again, gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to C, finally forming molecule B-C.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is no simple trend in the reactivity and the initial conditions, It is evident that small changes to the initial conditions (momentum and hence the total energy) can affect the reactivity. For example based on the last two sets of initial conditions (conditions 4 and 5), we can see that increasing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by 0.2 kg.m/s increases the total energy by 1.6 kcal/mol, and enables the reaction between molecule A-B and atom C, forming atom A and molecule B-C.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot1.png|Initial conditions #1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot2.png|Initial conditions #2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot3.png|Initial conditions #3&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot4.png|Initial conditions #4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot5.png|Initial conditions #5&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory are&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bligaard, T., and J.k. Nørskov. “Heterogeneous Catalysis.” &#039;&#039;Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces&#039;&#039;, 2008, pp. 255–321., doi:10.1016/b978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants are in thermal equilibrium and therefore the energy of the particles can be calculated by the Boltzmann equation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants and the transition state are in equilibrium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- reactants that has reached the transition state with some velocity towards the product will not form back the reactants again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory predictions for reaction rate values ignores the fact that the reaction may not proceed even with energy higher than the activation energy. For example, with initial conditions #4 discussed previously, the reactants approach each other with enough energy and reacts, but the product forms back the reactant species, so there is no reaction overall. This means that the transition state theory predicts reaction rate to be faster than the experimental rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-1: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, H + HF is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F bond is stronger (bond strength~ 565 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yoder, Claude. “Wired Chemist.” &#039;&#039;Common Bond Energies (D) and Bond Length (r)&#039;&#039;, www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;) than H-H bond (bond strength~ 432 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;) because although both are covalent bonds and have good orbital overlap due to the same or very similar sized orbitals. H-F is highly polar while H-H bond is purely covalent. This means that the formation of H-F bond is favourable in the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; even with the need to break the H-H bond and thus exothermic, while for the reverse reaction of H + HF, the breaking of H-F to make H-H bond is overall not stabilising and thus the reaction is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for the F-H-H system is not symmetrical, so the distance between F-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and H-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is not equal. With the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å, the three atoms F, H, H do not move as shown in the internuclear Distances vs Time plot below, which is indicative of a transition state. &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot34.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surface plot also shows the position of the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å as the black spot on the graph is stationary.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot35.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Focusing on the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is exothermic, the transition state is a &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state. based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state is energetically closer and similar in structure to the reactants. This agrees with the internuclear distances (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) obtained for the transition state since the distance between the two H atoms is much shorter than the distance between F and H.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Now choosing a point close to the transition state, the set of initial conditions is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.804 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot36.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The decrease in potential energy (hence the total energy) was determined from the graph as 29.9 kcal/mol. This is indicative of the energy difference between the transition state and the (F-H + H) state. Therefore this is the activation energy for the endothermic reaction between HF + H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, another set of initial conditions is tested: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.824 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot7.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The energy change is very small even at a very large value of t (t= 3000). The activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is estimated to be 0.2 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions:  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 2.0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observations from Animation: The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves towards F and one of the H atoms gets pulled towards F. Then it is bounced back to H, vibrates, and forms back H-F and H in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the Momenta vs Time graph below, the overall momentum has increased after reaction. The reaction energy has been transferred to the products in the form of kinetic energy (vibration). &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plotmomentum.png|Momenta vs Time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;This could be confirmed experimentally by monitoring the change in temperature as the energy could be released to or absorbed from the environment as heat. As F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction, the temperature is expected to increase on reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration. ===&lt;br /&gt;
For initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, different values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; between -3 and 3 were tested and results are shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kg.m/s)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reaction?&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates and moves towards the F atom until it gets repelled by F and moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|1.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|2.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9&lt;br /&gt;
|3.0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717Hahb.png|Starting positions of F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Observation: A vibrating hydrogen molecule slowly approaches an F atom. One of the H atoms (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) gets pulled towards the F atom, producing F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, but H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gets repelled and moves back towards H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, producing back the reactant, F and H-H. Then the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom gets repelled by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and bonds to F again, ending with F-H and H.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot0.png|Contour plot of the reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-2: H + HF System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #1: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have set the initial conditions at the bottom of the entry channel (H + HF reactant conditions) with very low  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and obtained a reactive trajectory by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #2: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.41.03.png|Initial conditions (F-H, H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.40.57.png|After reaction (F, H-H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.39.12.png|Contour plot for the reaction between F-H and H, producing F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.38.15.png|Change in internuclear distances during and after reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;For a given amount of total energy, the distribution of energy between different modes can affect the efficiency of the reaction. For example, even with enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier for the reaction to occur, if there is not enough translational energy, the reactants will not come close enough to react. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that in simple terms, translational energy is more effective in activating the reactants for exothermic reactions, while vibrational energy is more effective for endothermic reactions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bowman, Joel M. “Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface.” &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, American Association for the Advancement of Science, 21 Oct. 2011, science.sciencemag.org/content/334/6054/343.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The relationship can also be shown as below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ea = mΔH + constant &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where Ea= activation energy, m= indicative of the position of transition state on the reaction coordinate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Wubbels, Gene G. “The Bell–Evans–Polanyi Principle and the Regioselectivity of Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Reactions.” &#039;&#039;Tetrahedron Letters&#039;&#039;, vol. 56, no. 13, 2015, pp. 1716–1719., doi:10.1016/j.tetlet.2015.02.070.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The position of the transition state is important because it determines which of the two modes, the translational energy or the vibrational energy has a larger influence on the efficiency of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at initial conditions #1 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5 ) in which the reaction did not take place, we can say based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules that since this is an endothermic reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H-H + F), vibrational energy has a more significant impact on the reaction efficiency. the momentum in F-H bond is set very low at -0.1, and this is why the reaction does not take place in these conditions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now looking at initial conditions #2 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 ), the reaction was successful and we can see why based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules. In initial conditions #2, the momentum in F-H bond is now set very high at -10.0, which provided the reactants with enough vibrational energy to react.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793849</id>
		<title>MRD:ri3717 summer 2019</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ri3717_summer_2019&amp;diff=793849"/>
		<updated>2019-05-30T11:04:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Exercise 1: H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is mathematically defined as:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:ri3717_Eq.1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;where q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are the reactant molecules, V is the potential energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state can be identified by starting trajectories near the transition state and if they move towards reactants or products (even with no initial momentum) then it is the transition state. It can be distinguished from a local minimum by calculating the second derivative, which gives a negative value for a local minimum but a positive value for a local maximum (i.e. the transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Are you sure about your statement? TS is the maximum point on the minimum energy pathway. A saddle point, in this case, the TS point, is a point where in a 3-dimensional space, it is both a maximum and a minimum at the same time, depending on which plane you are looking at. That differentiates from a local minimum or a maximum, because whichever plane you are looking at, it&#039;s always a minimum or a maximum. Please check the figure that I attached. [[File: SaddleWSK.png]][[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 12:04, 30 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state position is the position at which the distance between A-B (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and B-C (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is equal, as it is symmetrical for this particular reaction. However, for trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the H atoms perform oscillation, so the transition state position needs to be estimated by testing different r values. The transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) found with r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is 0.908 Å. At this distance, there is almost no oscillation as shown in the Internuclear Distance vs Time plot below:            &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Ri3717_plot1.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows that at this value of r, the H atoms do not move with no initial momentum, which is characteristic of a transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comment on how the MEP and the trajectory you just calculated differ. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For trajectories with r values below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 = 0.909&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.908,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the MEP and Dynamics trajectories are compared.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_ABC.png|Initial conditions of the three H atoms. Momenta= 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dynamics&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- B moves towards the C and A moves away from the rest. H atoms B and C continue to move to the right as they oscillate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases and fluctuates as the molecule performs an oscillation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- the momentum of A-B (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) increases with time; rapid increase at first then continues to slowly increase to a limit. The momentum of B-C (p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t)) decreases first, then increases with fluctuation. At large t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) reaches a limit at 2.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) oscillates between 1.0-1.5, giving an average of 1.25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The angle θ stays constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;MEP&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animation- a smooth movement of the H atom in the centre towards the H atom on the right as the H atom on the left accelerates towards left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internuclear distances- stays constant for a very short time and A-B and A-C distances increase as they move away from each other, while B-C distance decreases without fluctuation. At large t, the final value of B-C distance is approx. 0.75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momenta- no change, constant at 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values are swapped, H atom A and C swap roles- A and B forms a molecule, C moves away to the right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Complete the table below by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table. ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;(kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2 (kg.m/s)&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kcal/mol) !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||-100.5||no||Molecule A-B and atom C slowly approaches each other, and when they get to a certain distance, they repel and moves away from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  ||-99.0||yes||As molecule A-B slowly approaches C, B is pulled away from A, forming molecule B-C. A moves away to the left, B-C moves to the right with oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  ||-85.0||no||Molecule A-B approaches C and B is pulled away from A. B-C oscillates but gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to A, forming molecule A-B.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  ||-83.4||yes||Same as the one above happens, but molecule A-B oscillates again, gets too close and repel each other, pushing B back to C, finally forming molecule B-C.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is no simple trend in the reactivity and the initial conditions, It is evident that small changes to the initial conditions (momentum and hence the total energy) can affect the reactivity. For example based on the last two sets of initial conditions (conditions 4 and 5), we can see that increasing the magnitude of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; by 0.2 kg.m/s increases the total energy by 1.6 kcal/mol, and enables the reaction between molecule A-B and atom C, forming atom A and molecule B-C.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot1.png|Initial conditions #1&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot2.png|Initial conditions #2&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;ri3717tableplot3.png|Initial conditions #3&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot4.png|Initial conditions #4&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717tableplot5.png|Initial conditions #5&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory are&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bligaard, T., and J.k. Nørskov. “Heterogeneous Catalysis.” &#039;&#039;Chemical Bonding at Surfaces and Interfaces&#039;&#039;, 2008, pp. 255–321., doi:10.1016/b978-044452837-7.50005-8.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants are in thermal equilibrium and therefore the energy of the particles can be calculated by the Boltzmann equation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the reactants and the transition state are in equilibrium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- reactants that has reached the transition state with some velocity towards the product will not form back the reactants again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory predictions for reaction rate values ignores the fact that the reaction may not proceed even with energy higher than the activation energy. For example, with initial conditions #4 discussed previously, the reactants approach each other with enough energy and reacts, but the product forms back the reactant species, so there is no reaction overall. This means that the transition state theory predicts reaction rate to be faster than the experimental rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-1: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic, H + HF is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F bond is stronger (bond strength~ 565 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yoder, Claude. “Wired Chemist.” &#039;&#039;Common Bond Energies (D) and Bond Length (r)&#039;&#039;, www.wiredchemist.com/chemistry/data/bond_energies_lengths.html.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;) than H-H bond (bond strength~ 432 kJ/mol&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;:0&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;) because although both are covalent bonds and have good orbital overlap due to the same or very similar sized orbitals. H-F is highly polar while H-H bond is purely covalent. This means that the formation of H-F bond is favourable in the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; even with the need to break the H-H bond and thus exothermic, while for the reverse reaction of H + HF, the breaking of H-F to make H-H bond is overall not stabilising and thus the reaction is endothermic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locate the approximate position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for the F-H-H system is not symmetrical, so the distance between F-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and H-H (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is not equal. With the initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å, the three atoms F, H, H do not move as shown in the internuclear Distances vs Time plot below, which is indicative of a transition state. &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot34.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surface plot also shows the position of the transition state at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.814 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å as the black spot on the graph is stationary.  &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717_plot35.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Focusing on the reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is exothermic, the transition state is a &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state. based on the Hammond&#039;s postulate, the structure of the transition state is energetically closer and similar in structure to the reactants. This agrees with the internuclear distances (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1 &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) obtained for the transition state since the distance between the two H atoms is much shorter than the distance between F and H.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Report the activation energy for both reactions. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Now choosing a point close to the transition state, the set of initial conditions is r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.804 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot36.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The decrease in potential energy (hence the total energy) was determined from the graph as 29.9 kcal/mol. This is indicative of the energy difference between the transition state and the (F-H + H) state. Therefore this is the activation energy for the endothermic reaction between HF + H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, another set of initial conditions is tested: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.824 Å, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å. This yielded the following Energy vs Time graph:&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot7.png&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The energy change is very small even at a very large value of t (t= 3000). The activation energy of the reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is estimated to be 0.2 kcal/mol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Identify a set of initial conditions that results in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and look at the “Animation” and “Momenta vs Time”. In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions:  r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 2.0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.7, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observations from Animation: The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves towards F and one of the H atoms gets pulled towards F. Then it is bounced back to H, vibrates, and forms back H-F and H in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the Momenta vs Time graph below, the overall momentum has increased after reaction. The reaction energy has been transferred to the products in the form of kinetic energy (vibration). &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plotmomentum.png|Momenta vs Time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;This could be confirmed experimentally by monitoring the change in temperature as the energy could be released to or absorbed from the environment as heat. As F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction, the temperature is expected to increase on reaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Setup a calculation starting on the side of the reactants of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, at the bottom of the well r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74, with a momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, and explore several values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the range -3 to 3 (explore values also close to these limits). What do you observe? Note that we are putting a significant amount of energy (much more than the activation energy) into the system on the H - H vibration. ===&lt;br /&gt;
For initial conditions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.5, different values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; between -3 and 3 were tested and results are shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!#&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (kg.m/s)&lt;br /&gt;
!Reaction?&lt;br /&gt;
!Observation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.9&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-1.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|same as above but reaction happens more slowly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates and moves towards the F atom until it gets repelled by F and moves away.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|1.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule moves closer to the F atom as it vibrates, and eventually one of the H atoms forms a bond with F. The remaining H gets repelled and moves away, resulting in H-F and H. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|2.0&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|2.9&lt;br /&gt;
|yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Same as above but reaction happens more quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9&lt;br /&gt;
|3.0&lt;br /&gt;
|no&lt;br /&gt;
|H-H molecule vibrates for a while, then one of the H atoms gets closer to F, forming H-F for a very short while. Then the H atom gets pushed back and forms back H-H.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== For the same initial position, increase slightly the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, and considerably reduce the overall energy of the system by reducing the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1. What do you observe now? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.10, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.8, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.1&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717Hahb.png|Starting positions of F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Observation: A vibrating hydrogen molecule slowly approaches an F atom. One of the H atoms (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) gets pulled towards the F atom, producing F-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, but H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; gets repelled and moves back towards H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, producing back the reactant, F and H-H. Then the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom gets repelled by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and bonds to F again, ending with F-H and H.&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ri3717plot0.png|Contour plot of the reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2-2: H + HF System ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state. ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #1: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have set the initial conditions at the bottom of the entry channel (H + HF reactant conditions) with very low  p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and obtained a reactive trajectory by decreasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and increasing p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, which is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions #2: r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 &amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.41.03.png|Initial conditions (F-H, H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.40.57.png|After reaction (F, H-H)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.39.12.png|Contour plot for the reaction between F-H and H, producing F and H-H&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screen_Shot_2019-05-23_at_14.38.15.png|Change in internuclear distances during and after reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;For a given amount of total energy, the distribution of energy between different modes can affect the efficiency of the reaction. For example, even with enough total energy to overcome the energy barrier for the reaction to occur, if there is not enough translational energy, the reactants will not come close enough to react. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules state that in simple terms, translational energy is more effective in activating the reactants for exothermic reactions, while vibrational energy is more effective for endothermic reactions&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Bowman, Joel M. “Dynamics of the Reaction of Methane with Chlorine Atom on an Accurate Potential Energy Surface.” &#039;&#039;Science&#039;&#039;, American Association for the Advancement of Science, 21 Oct. 2011, science.sciencemag.org/content/334/6054/343.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The relationship can also be shown as below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ea = mΔH + constant &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where Ea= activation energy, m= indicative of the position of transition state on the reaction coordinate&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Wubbels, Gene G. “The Bell–Evans–Polanyi Principle and the Regioselectivity of Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Reactions.” &#039;&#039;Tetrahedron Letters&#039;&#039;, vol. 56, no. 13, 2015, pp. 1716–1719., doi:10.1016/j.tetlet.2015.02.070.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. The position of the transition state is important because it determines which of the two modes, the translational energy or the vibrational energy has a larger influence on the efficiency of the reaction.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at initial conditions #1 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -0.1, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -2.5 ) in which the reaction did not take place, we can say based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules that since this is an endothermic reaction (H + H-F --&amp;gt; H-H + F), vibrational energy has a more significant impact on the reaction efficiency. the momentum in F-H bond is set very low at -0.1, and this is why the reaction does not take place in these conditions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now looking at initial conditions #2 ( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.92, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.5 and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -10.0, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -1.0 ), the reaction was successful and we can see why based on the Polanyi&#039;s rules. In initial conditions #2, the momentum in F-H bond is now set very high at -10.0, which provided the reactants with enough vibrational energy to react.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01364124&amp;diff=793403</id>
		<title>MRD:01364124</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01364124&amp;diff=793403"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T16:20:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Molecular Reaction Dynamics=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as a saddle point where there is both a maximum and minimum depending upon the direction it is viewed from. At the transition state, the maximum and minimum will have differentials equal to zero. By taking the second partial derivative, we may then identify whether this point is a maximum or minimum. The potential energy surface diagram below illustrates how potential energy varies with interatomic distance between A, B and C. It may be seen that there is both a maximum and minimum as indicated by the curvature of the surface plot. Based on the surface plot, it may be observed that there is a greater curvature for points at the maximum in comparison to those at the minimum. This is due to the nature of the intrinsic chemical properties of the molecules in question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:08, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exercise_1_PE_Surface_Diagram.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Traansition_State_Minimum.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best determined estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found to be 0.909. An initial estimate of 0.91 was found via the contour plot which showed that all atoms were at equal distance from one another and not falling off the ridge. By then establishing a plot of intermolecular distance against time, it was found that movement of atoms with time was little. Measurements up to a time of 1 second showed that the atoms did not fall off the ridge. However, extending this time to 5 seconds proved the opposite and thus accuracy was increased to a maximum of 0.909.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; It shows that you&#039;ve understood the concept. Just wondering whether you have tried 0.908, 0.907, 0.906 etc? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:11, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Locating_Transition_State_Contour.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Locating_Transition_State_Time_Distance.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is generally good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:12, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Calculation of the reaction path via a dynamic calculation setup results in a wavy line as shown in figure x. On the other hand, calculation via MEP results in a straight line. The MEP calculation produces a straight line as the velocity always resets to zero in each time step. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_Dynamics.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_MEP.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an initial condition of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 was instead used ie values reversed then the reverse of the graphs above would be shown. These graphs are shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_MEP_reverse.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_Reverse.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown by the distance-time graph, the A-B and A-C distance increase with time whilst the B-C distance remains relatively constant where the atoms do not move away from one another. Additionally, the graph indicates that the A-B distance is approximately 10 whilst the A-C distance is 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the initial condition instead to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, the B-C distance would instead increase with time and the A-B distance remain relatively constant. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;which means? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:12, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial Positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 are kept constant throughout &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, run trajectories with the following momenta combination and complete the table.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Graph Number&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.02 || Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B which then breaks and results in formation of a B-C bond. || 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||  -100.46 || Un-Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B but does not have sufficient momentum to break the A-B bond. Thus it draws away from the A-B which remains intact.  || 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.96 ||Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B just in the same pathway as Graph 1, however in this instance atom c has less energy. As a result, the time taken to reach the transition state and consequently react with it is greater || 3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.96 ||Un-Reactive ||  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;where is your description for this one? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -81.80 || Reactive || Atom C approaches the A-B bond and results in oscillation of the A-B but the A-B bond reforms. Momentum of Atom C however is much greater and therefore results in breakage of the A-B bond and consequent formation of the B-C bond || 5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 1&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_1_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 2&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_2_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 3&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_3_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 4&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_4_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 5&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_5_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to understand the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. The theory makes an assumption of a special chemical equilibrium (quasi-equilibrium). This is an equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes. The main aim of TST is to provide a qualitative explanation as to how chemical reactions take place. The main assumption of the transition state theory is that if a molecule has sufficient energy to reach the transition state, it will react. If it does not have enough energy to react then it will not react. Furthermore, classical mechanics rather than quantum mechanics is used to explain the transition state theory. This theoretically means that a reaction can take place without the atoms needing to reach the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Good, but how does that link to the previous experiment. Do you agree with the TST? In addition, we only have 3 atoms in our system. Do you think terms like &#039;equilibrium&#039;, &#039;quantum&#039; is applicable in our case? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:16, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 2 F-H-F System==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -&amp;gt; HF + H====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions set for this reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Distance (AB Distance): 2.00 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance (BC Distance): 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H Momentum: 2.90 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By observing the potential energy surface plot, it can be concluded that this reaction is exothermic as the products are higher in energy compared to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Product is higher in energy than reactant, so it&#039;s exothermic??? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:17, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_H2_Transition_State.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions set for this reaction &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Distance (AB Distance): 2.0 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance (BC Distance): 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Momentum: 2.55 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By observing the potential energy plot for this reaction, it may be concluded that this reaction is endothermic as the products are lower in energy in comparison to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Do you really observed product lower in energy in the plot? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:18, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H_HF_Transition_State.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From both these contour diagrams, it may be determined that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H. This is because for H + HF, the energy required to break the H-F bond is much greater than the energy released from the formation of the H-H bond, consequently the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:18, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Position of the Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF: 1.80 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH: 0.75 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; You need some explanations. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:19, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation Energy is the energy required to reach the transition state. In terms of a potential energy surface diagram, it is the difference in energy between the reactants and the transition state. In order to determine the energy of the reactants, a distance may be added or subtracted from the bond length of HF. By doing this, the contour plots the trajectory of the atoms. In this case, 0.1 A may be added to the H-F bond length such that the trajectory of the atom falls into the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; So what&#039;s the energy? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:19, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Energy of the Transition State of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions that result in a reactive trajectory are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance: 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Bond Distance: 1.8 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H -F Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: 2.90 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Huh? so what? Where are your answers for the last two questions? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:20, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01364124&amp;diff=793399</id>
		<title>MRD:01364124</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01364124&amp;diff=793399"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T16:19:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Activation Energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Molecular Reaction Dynamics=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as a saddle point where there is both a maximum and minimum depending upon the direction it is viewed from. At the transition state, the maximum and minimum will have differentials equal to zero. By taking the second partial derivative, we may then identify whether this point is a maximum or minimum. The potential energy surface diagram below illustrates how potential energy varies with interatomic distance between A, B and C. It may be seen that there is both a maximum and minimum as indicated by the curvature of the surface plot. Based on the surface plot, it may be observed that there is a greater curvature for points at the maximum in comparison to those at the minimum. This is due to the nature of the intrinsic chemical properties of the molecules in question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:08, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exercise_1_PE_Surface_Diagram.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Traansition_State_Minimum.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best determined estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found to be 0.909. An initial estimate of 0.91 was found via the contour plot which showed that all atoms were at equal distance from one another and not falling off the ridge. By then establishing a plot of intermolecular distance against time, it was found that movement of atoms with time was little. Measurements up to a time of 1 second showed that the atoms did not fall off the ridge. However, extending this time to 5 seconds proved the opposite and thus accuracy was increased to a maximum of 0.909.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; It shows that you&#039;ve understood the concept. Just wondering whether you have tried 0.908, 0.907, 0.906 etc? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:11, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Locating_Transition_State_Contour.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Locating_Transition_State_Time_Distance.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is generally good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:12, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Calculation of the reaction path via a dynamic calculation setup results in a wavy line as shown in figure x. On the other hand, calculation via MEP results in a straight line. The MEP calculation produces a straight line as the velocity always resets to zero in each time step. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_Dynamics.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_MEP.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an initial condition of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 was instead used ie values reversed then the reverse of the graphs above would be shown. These graphs are shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_MEP_reverse.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_Reverse.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown by the distance-time graph, the A-B and A-C distance increase with time whilst the B-C distance remains relatively constant where the atoms do not move away from one another. Additionally, the graph indicates that the A-B distance is approximately 10 whilst the A-C distance is 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the initial condition instead to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, the B-C distance would instead increase with time and the A-B distance remain relatively constant. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;which means? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:12, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial Positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 are kept constant throughout &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, run trajectories with the following momenta combination and complete the table.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Graph Number&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.02 || Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B which then breaks and results in formation of a B-C bond. || 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||  -100.46 || Un-Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B but does not have sufficient momentum to break the A-B bond. Thus it draws away from the A-B which remains intact.  || 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.96 ||Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B just in the same pathway as Graph 1, however in this instance atom c has less energy. As a result, the time taken to reach the transition state and consequently react with it is greater || 3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.96 ||Un-Reactive ||  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;where is your description for this one? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -81.80 || Reactive || Atom C approaches the A-B bond and results in oscillation of the A-B but the A-B bond reforms. Momentum of Atom C however is much greater and therefore results in breakage of the A-B bond and consequent formation of the B-C bond || 5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 1&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_1_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 2&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_2_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 3&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_3_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 4&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_4_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 5&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_5_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to understand the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. The theory makes an assumption of a special chemical equilibrium (quasi-equilibrium). This is an equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes. The main aim of TST is to provide a qualitative explanation as to how chemical reactions take place. The main assumption of the transition state theory is that if a molecule has sufficient energy to reach the transition state, it will react. If it does not have enough energy to react then it will not react. Furthermore, classical mechanics rather than quantum mechanics is used to explain the transition state theory. This theoretically means that a reaction can take place without the atoms needing to reach the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Good, but how does that link to the previous experiment. Do you agree with the TST? In addition, we only have 3 atoms in our system. Do you think terms like &#039;equilibrium&#039;, &#039;quantum&#039; is applicable in our case? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:16, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 2 F-H-F System==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -&amp;gt; HF + H====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions set for this reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Distance (AB Distance): 2.00 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance (BC Distance): 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H Momentum: 2.90 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By observing the potential energy surface plot, it can be concluded that this reaction is exothermic as the products are higher in energy compared to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Product is higher in energy than reactant, so it&#039;s exothermic??? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:17, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_H2_Transition_State.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions set for this reaction &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Distance (AB Distance): 2.0 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance (BC Distance): 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Momentum: 2.55 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By observing the potential energy plot for this reaction, it may be concluded that this reaction is endothermic as the products are lower in energy in comparison to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Do you really observed product lower in energy in the plot? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:18, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H_HF_Transition_State.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From both these contour diagrams, it may be determined that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H. This is because for H + HF, the energy required to break the H-F bond is much greater than the energy released from the formation of the H-H bond, consequently the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:18, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Position of the Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF: 1.80 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH: 0.75 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; You need some explanations. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:19, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation Energy is the energy required to reach the transition state. In terms of a potential energy surface diagram, it is the difference in energy between the reactants and the transition state. In order to determine the energy of the reactants, a distance may be added or subtracted from the bond length of HF. By doing this, the contour plots the trajectory of the atoms. In this case, 0.1 A may be added to the H-F bond length such that the trajectory of the atom falls into the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; So what&#039;s the energy? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:19, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Energy of the Transition State of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions that result in a reactive trajectory are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance: 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Bond Distance: 1.8 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H -F Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: 2.90 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01364124&amp;diff=793397</id>
		<title>MRD:01364124</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01364124&amp;diff=793397"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T16:19:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Position of the Transition State */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Molecular Reaction Dynamics=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as a saddle point where there is both a maximum and minimum depending upon the direction it is viewed from. At the transition state, the maximum and minimum will have differentials equal to zero. By taking the second partial derivative, we may then identify whether this point is a maximum or minimum. The potential energy surface diagram below illustrates how potential energy varies with interatomic distance between A, B and C. It may be seen that there is both a maximum and minimum as indicated by the curvature of the surface plot. Based on the surface plot, it may be observed that there is a greater curvature for points at the maximum in comparison to those at the minimum. This is due to the nature of the intrinsic chemical properties of the molecules in question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:08, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exercise_1_PE_Surface_Diagram.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Traansition_State_Minimum.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best determined estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found to be 0.909. An initial estimate of 0.91 was found via the contour plot which showed that all atoms were at equal distance from one another and not falling off the ridge. By then establishing a plot of intermolecular distance against time, it was found that movement of atoms with time was little. Measurements up to a time of 1 second showed that the atoms did not fall off the ridge. However, extending this time to 5 seconds proved the opposite and thus accuracy was increased to a maximum of 0.909.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; It shows that you&#039;ve understood the concept. Just wondering whether you have tried 0.908, 0.907, 0.906 etc? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:11, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Locating_Transition_State_Contour.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Locating_Transition_State_Time_Distance.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is generally good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:12, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Calculation of the reaction path via a dynamic calculation setup results in a wavy line as shown in figure x. On the other hand, calculation via MEP results in a straight line. The MEP calculation produces a straight line as the velocity always resets to zero in each time step. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_Dynamics.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_MEP.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an initial condition of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 was instead used ie values reversed then the reverse of the graphs above would be shown. These graphs are shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_MEP_reverse.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_Reverse.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown by the distance-time graph, the A-B and A-C distance increase with time whilst the B-C distance remains relatively constant where the atoms do not move away from one another. Additionally, the graph indicates that the A-B distance is approximately 10 whilst the A-C distance is 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the initial condition instead to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, the B-C distance would instead increase with time and the A-B distance remain relatively constant. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;which means? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:12, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial Positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 are kept constant throughout &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, run trajectories with the following momenta combination and complete the table.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Graph Number&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.02 || Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B which then breaks and results in formation of a B-C bond. || 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||  -100.46 || Un-Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B but does not have sufficient momentum to break the A-B bond. Thus it draws away from the A-B which remains intact.  || 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.96 ||Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B just in the same pathway as Graph 1, however in this instance atom c has less energy. As a result, the time taken to reach the transition state and consequently react with it is greater || 3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.96 ||Un-Reactive ||  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;where is your description for this one? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -81.80 || Reactive || Atom C approaches the A-B bond and results in oscillation of the A-B but the A-B bond reforms. Momentum of Atom C however is much greater and therefore results in breakage of the A-B bond and consequent formation of the B-C bond || 5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 1&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_1_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 2&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_2_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 3&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_3_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 4&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_4_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 5&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_5_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to understand the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. The theory makes an assumption of a special chemical equilibrium (quasi-equilibrium). This is an equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes. The main aim of TST is to provide a qualitative explanation as to how chemical reactions take place. The main assumption of the transition state theory is that if a molecule has sufficient energy to reach the transition state, it will react. If it does not have enough energy to react then it will not react. Furthermore, classical mechanics rather than quantum mechanics is used to explain the transition state theory. This theoretically means that a reaction can take place without the atoms needing to reach the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Good, but how does that link to the previous experiment. Do you agree with the TST? In addition, we only have 3 atoms in our system. Do you think terms like &#039;equilibrium&#039;, &#039;quantum&#039; is applicable in our case? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:16, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 2 F-H-F System==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -&amp;gt; HF + H====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions set for this reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Distance (AB Distance): 2.00 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance (BC Distance): 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H Momentum: 2.90 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By observing the potential energy surface plot, it can be concluded that this reaction is exothermic as the products are higher in energy compared to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Product is higher in energy than reactant, so it&#039;s exothermic??? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:17, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_H2_Transition_State.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions set for this reaction &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Distance (AB Distance): 2.0 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance (BC Distance): 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Momentum: 2.55 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By observing the potential energy plot for this reaction, it may be concluded that this reaction is endothermic as the products are lower in energy in comparison to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Do you really observed product lower in energy in the plot? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:18, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H_HF_Transition_State.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From both these contour diagrams, it may be determined that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H. This is because for H + HF, the energy required to break the H-F bond is much greater than the energy released from the formation of the H-H bond, consequently the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:18, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Position of the Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF: 1.80 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH: 0.75 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; You need some explanations. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:19, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation Energy is the energy required to reach the transition state. In terms of a potential energy surface diagram, it is the difference in energy between the reactants and the transition state. In order to determine the energy of the reactants, a distance may be added or subtracted from the bond length of HF. By doing this, the contour plots the trajectory of the atoms. In this case, 0.1 A may be added to the H-F bond length such that the trajectory of the atom falls into the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Energy of the Transition State of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions that result in a reactive trajectory are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance: 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Bond Distance: 1.8 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H -F Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: 2.90 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01364124&amp;diff=793395</id>
		<title>MRD:01364124</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01364124&amp;diff=793395"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T16:18:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* H + HF */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Molecular Reaction Dynamics=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as a saddle point where there is both a maximum and minimum depending upon the direction it is viewed from. At the transition state, the maximum and minimum will have differentials equal to zero. By taking the second partial derivative, we may then identify whether this point is a maximum or minimum. The potential energy surface diagram below illustrates how potential energy varies with interatomic distance between A, B and C. It may be seen that there is both a maximum and minimum as indicated by the curvature of the surface plot. Based on the surface plot, it may be observed that there is a greater curvature for points at the maximum in comparison to those at the minimum. This is due to the nature of the intrinsic chemical properties of the molecules in question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:08, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exercise_1_PE_Surface_Diagram.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Traansition_State_Minimum.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best determined estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found to be 0.909. An initial estimate of 0.91 was found via the contour plot which showed that all atoms were at equal distance from one another and not falling off the ridge. By then establishing a plot of intermolecular distance against time, it was found that movement of atoms with time was little. Measurements up to a time of 1 second showed that the atoms did not fall off the ridge. However, extending this time to 5 seconds proved the opposite and thus accuracy was increased to a maximum of 0.909.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; It shows that you&#039;ve understood the concept. Just wondering whether you have tried 0.908, 0.907, 0.906 etc? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:11, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Locating_Transition_State_Contour.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Locating_Transition_State_Time_Distance.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is generally good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:12, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Calculation of the reaction path via a dynamic calculation setup results in a wavy line as shown in figure x. On the other hand, calculation via MEP results in a straight line. The MEP calculation produces a straight line as the velocity always resets to zero in each time step. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_Dynamics.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_MEP.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an initial condition of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 was instead used ie values reversed then the reverse of the graphs above would be shown. These graphs are shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_MEP_reverse.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_Reverse.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown by the distance-time graph, the A-B and A-C distance increase with time whilst the B-C distance remains relatively constant where the atoms do not move away from one another. Additionally, the graph indicates that the A-B distance is approximately 10 whilst the A-C distance is 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the initial condition instead to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, the B-C distance would instead increase with time and the A-B distance remain relatively constant. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;which means? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:12, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial Positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 are kept constant throughout &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, run trajectories with the following momenta combination and complete the table.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Graph Number&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.02 || Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B which then breaks and results in formation of a B-C bond. || 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||  -100.46 || Un-Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B but does not have sufficient momentum to break the A-B bond. Thus it draws away from the A-B which remains intact.  || 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.96 ||Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B just in the same pathway as Graph 1, however in this instance atom c has less energy. As a result, the time taken to reach the transition state and consequently react with it is greater || 3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.96 ||Un-Reactive ||  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;where is your description for this one? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -81.80 || Reactive || Atom C approaches the A-B bond and results in oscillation of the A-B but the A-B bond reforms. Momentum of Atom C however is much greater and therefore results in breakage of the A-B bond and consequent formation of the B-C bond || 5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 1&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_1_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 2&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_2_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 3&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_3_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 4&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_4_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 5&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_5_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to understand the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. The theory makes an assumption of a special chemical equilibrium (quasi-equilibrium). This is an equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes. The main aim of TST is to provide a qualitative explanation as to how chemical reactions take place. The main assumption of the transition state theory is that if a molecule has sufficient energy to reach the transition state, it will react. If it does not have enough energy to react then it will not react. Furthermore, classical mechanics rather than quantum mechanics is used to explain the transition state theory. This theoretically means that a reaction can take place without the atoms needing to reach the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Good, but how does that link to the previous experiment. Do you agree with the TST? In addition, we only have 3 atoms in our system. Do you think terms like &#039;equilibrium&#039;, &#039;quantum&#039; is applicable in our case? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:16, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 2 F-H-F System==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -&amp;gt; HF + H====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions set for this reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Distance (AB Distance): 2.00 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance (BC Distance): 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H Momentum: 2.90 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By observing the potential energy surface plot, it can be concluded that this reaction is exothermic as the products are higher in energy compared to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Product is higher in energy than reactant, so it&#039;s exothermic??? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:17, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_H2_Transition_State.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions set for this reaction &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Distance (AB Distance): 2.0 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance (BC Distance): 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Momentum: 2.55 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By observing the potential energy plot for this reaction, it may be concluded that this reaction is endothermic as the products are lower in energy in comparison to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Do you really observed product lower in energy in the plot? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:18, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H_HF_Transition_State.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From both these contour diagrams, it may be determined that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H. This is because for H + HF, the energy required to break the H-F bond is much greater than the energy released from the formation of the H-H bond, consequently the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:18, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Position of the Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF: 1.80 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH: 0.75 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation Energy is the energy required to reach the transition state. In terms of a potential energy surface diagram, it is the difference in energy between the reactants and the transition state. In order to determine the energy of the reactants, a distance may be added or subtracted from the bond length of HF. By doing this, the contour plots the trajectory of the atoms. In this case, 0.1 A may be added to the H-F bond length such that the trajectory of the atom falls into the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Energy of the Transition State of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions that result in a reactive trajectory are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance: 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Bond Distance: 1.8 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H -F Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: 2.90 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01364124&amp;diff=793384</id>
		<title>MRD:01364124</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01364124&amp;diff=793384"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T16:17:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* F + H2 -&amp;gt; HF + H */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Molecular Reaction Dynamics=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as a saddle point where there is both a maximum and minimum depending upon the direction it is viewed from. At the transition state, the maximum and minimum will have differentials equal to zero. By taking the second partial derivative, we may then identify whether this point is a maximum or minimum. The potential energy surface diagram below illustrates how potential energy varies with interatomic distance between A, B and C. It may be seen that there is both a maximum and minimum as indicated by the curvature of the surface plot. Based on the surface plot, it may be observed that there is a greater curvature for points at the maximum in comparison to those at the minimum. This is due to the nature of the intrinsic chemical properties of the molecules in question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:08, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exercise_1_PE_Surface_Diagram.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Traansition_State_Minimum.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best determined estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found to be 0.909. An initial estimate of 0.91 was found via the contour plot which showed that all atoms were at equal distance from one another and not falling off the ridge. By then establishing a plot of intermolecular distance against time, it was found that movement of atoms with time was little. Measurements up to a time of 1 second showed that the atoms did not fall off the ridge. However, extending this time to 5 seconds proved the opposite and thus accuracy was increased to a maximum of 0.909.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; It shows that you&#039;ve understood the concept. Just wondering whether you have tried 0.908, 0.907, 0.906 etc? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:11, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Locating_Transition_State_Contour.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Locating_Transition_State_Time_Distance.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is generally good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:12, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Calculation of the reaction path via a dynamic calculation setup results in a wavy line as shown in figure x. On the other hand, calculation via MEP results in a straight line. The MEP calculation produces a straight line as the velocity always resets to zero in each time step. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_Dynamics.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_MEP.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an initial condition of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 was instead used ie values reversed then the reverse of the graphs above would be shown. These graphs are shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_MEP_reverse.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_Reverse.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown by the distance-time graph, the A-B and A-C distance increase with time whilst the B-C distance remains relatively constant where the atoms do not move away from one another. Additionally, the graph indicates that the A-B distance is approximately 10 whilst the A-C distance is 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the initial condition instead to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, the B-C distance would instead increase with time and the A-B distance remain relatively constant. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;which means? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:12, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial Positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 are kept constant throughout &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, run trajectories with the following momenta combination and complete the table.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Graph Number&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.02 || Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B which then breaks and results in formation of a B-C bond. || 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||  -100.46 || Un-Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B but does not have sufficient momentum to break the A-B bond. Thus it draws away from the A-B which remains intact.  || 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.96 ||Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B just in the same pathway as Graph 1, however in this instance atom c has less energy. As a result, the time taken to reach the transition state and consequently react with it is greater || 3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.96 ||Un-Reactive ||  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;where is your description for this one? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -81.80 || Reactive || Atom C approaches the A-B bond and results in oscillation of the A-B but the A-B bond reforms. Momentum of Atom C however is much greater and therefore results in breakage of the A-B bond and consequent formation of the B-C bond || 5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 1&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_1_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 2&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_2_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 3&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_3_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 4&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_4_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 5&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_5_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to understand the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. The theory makes an assumption of a special chemical equilibrium (quasi-equilibrium). This is an equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes. The main aim of TST is to provide a qualitative explanation as to how chemical reactions take place. The main assumption of the transition state theory is that if a molecule has sufficient energy to reach the transition state, it will react. If it does not have enough energy to react then it will not react. Furthermore, classical mechanics rather than quantum mechanics is used to explain the transition state theory. This theoretically means that a reaction can take place without the atoms needing to reach the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Good, but how does that link to the previous experiment. Do you agree with the TST? In addition, we only have 3 atoms in our system. Do you think terms like &#039;equilibrium&#039;, &#039;quantum&#039; is applicable in our case? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:16, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 2 F-H-F System==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -&amp;gt; HF + H====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions set for this reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Distance (AB Distance): 2.00 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance (BC Distance): 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H Momentum: 2.90 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By observing the potential energy surface plot, it can be concluded that this reaction is exothermic as the products are higher in energy compared to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Product is higher in energy than reactant, so it&#039;s exothermic??? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:17, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_H2_Transition_State.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions set for this reaction &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Distance (AB Distance): 2.0 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance (BC Distance): 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Momentum: 2.55 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By observing the potential energy plot for this reaction, it may be concluded that this reaction is endothermic as the products are lower in energy in comparison to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H_HF_Transition_State.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From both these contour diagrams, it may be determined that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H. This is because for H + HF, the energy required to break the H-F bond is much greater than the energy released from the formation of the H-H bond, consequently the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Position of the Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF: 1.80 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH: 0.75 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation Energy is the energy required to reach the transition state. In terms of a potential energy surface diagram, it is the difference in energy between the reactants and the transition state. In order to determine the energy of the reactants, a distance may be added or subtracted from the bond length of HF. By doing this, the contour plots the trajectory of the atoms. In this case, 0.1 A may be added to the H-F bond length such that the trajectory of the atom falls into the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Energy of the Transition State of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions that result in a reactive trajectory are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance: 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Bond Distance: 1.8 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H -F Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: 2.90 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01364124&amp;diff=793378</id>
		<title>MRD:01364124</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01364124&amp;diff=793378"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T16:16:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Transition State Theory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Molecular Reaction Dynamics=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as a saddle point where there is both a maximum and minimum depending upon the direction it is viewed from. At the transition state, the maximum and minimum will have differentials equal to zero. By taking the second partial derivative, we may then identify whether this point is a maximum or minimum. The potential energy surface diagram below illustrates how potential energy varies with interatomic distance between A, B and C. It may be seen that there is both a maximum and minimum as indicated by the curvature of the surface plot. Based on the surface plot, it may be observed that there is a greater curvature for points at the maximum in comparison to those at the minimum. This is due to the nature of the intrinsic chemical properties of the molecules in question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:08, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exercise_1_PE_Surface_Diagram.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Traansition_State_Minimum.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best determined estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found to be 0.909. An initial estimate of 0.91 was found via the contour plot which showed that all atoms were at equal distance from one another and not falling off the ridge. By then establishing a plot of intermolecular distance against time, it was found that movement of atoms with time was little. Measurements up to a time of 1 second showed that the atoms did not fall off the ridge. However, extending this time to 5 seconds proved the opposite and thus accuracy was increased to a maximum of 0.909.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; It shows that you&#039;ve understood the concept. Just wondering whether you have tried 0.908, 0.907, 0.906 etc? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:11, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Locating_Transition_State_Contour.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Locating_Transition_State_Time_Distance.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is generally good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:12, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Calculation of the reaction path via a dynamic calculation setup results in a wavy line as shown in figure x. On the other hand, calculation via MEP results in a straight line. The MEP calculation produces a straight line as the velocity always resets to zero in each time step. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_Dynamics.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_MEP.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an initial condition of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 was instead used ie values reversed then the reverse of the graphs above would be shown. These graphs are shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_MEP_reverse.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_Reverse.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown by the distance-time graph, the A-B and A-C distance increase with time whilst the B-C distance remains relatively constant where the atoms do not move away from one another. Additionally, the graph indicates that the A-B distance is approximately 10 whilst the A-C distance is 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the initial condition instead to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, the B-C distance would instead increase with time and the A-B distance remain relatively constant. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;which means? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:12, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial Positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 are kept constant throughout &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, run trajectories with the following momenta combination and complete the table.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Graph Number&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.02 || Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B which then breaks and results in formation of a B-C bond. || 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||  -100.46 || Un-Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B but does not have sufficient momentum to break the A-B bond. Thus it draws away from the A-B which remains intact.  || 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.96 ||Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B just in the same pathway as Graph 1, however in this instance atom c has less energy. As a result, the time taken to reach the transition state and consequently react with it is greater || 3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.96 ||Un-Reactive ||  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;where is your description for this one? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -81.80 || Reactive || Atom C approaches the A-B bond and results in oscillation of the A-B but the A-B bond reforms. Momentum of Atom C however is much greater and therefore results in breakage of the A-B bond and consequent formation of the B-C bond || 5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 1&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_1_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 2&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_2_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 3&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_3_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 4&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_4_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 5&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_5_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to understand the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. The theory makes an assumption of a special chemical equilibrium (quasi-equilibrium). This is an equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes. The main aim of TST is to provide a qualitative explanation as to how chemical reactions take place. The main assumption of the transition state theory is that if a molecule has sufficient energy to reach the transition state, it will react. If it does not have enough energy to react then it will not react. Furthermore, classical mechanics rather than quantum mechanics is used to explain the transition state theory. This theoretically means that a reaction can take place without the atoms needing to reach the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; Good, but how does that link to the previous experiment. Do you agree with the TST? In addition, we only have 3 atoms in our system. Do you think terms like &#039;equilibrium&#039;, &#039;quantum&#039; is applicable in our case? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:16, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 2 F-H-F System==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -&amp;gt; HF + H====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions set for this reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Distance (AB Distance): 2.00 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance (BC Distance): 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H Momentum: 2.90 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By observing the potential energy surface plot, it can be concluded that this reaction is exothermic as the products are higher in energy compared to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_H2_Transition_State.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions set for this reaction &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Distance (AB Distance): 2.0 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance (BC Distance): 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Momentum: 2.55 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By observing the potential energy plot for this reaction, it may be concluded that this reaction is endothermic as the products are lower in energy in comparison to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H_HF_Transition_State.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From both these contour diagrams, it may be determined that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H. This is because for H + HF, the energy required to break the H-F bond is much greater than the energy released from the formation of the H-H bond, consequently the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Position of the Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF: 1.80 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH: 0.75 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation Energy is the energy required to reach the transition state. In terms of a potential energy surface diagram, it is the difference in energy between the reactants and the transition state. In order to determine the energy of the reactants, a distance may be added or subtracted from the bond length of HF. By doing this, the contour plots the trajectory of the atoms. In this case, 0.1 A may be added to the H-F bond length such that the trajectory of the atom falls into the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Energy of the Transition State of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions that result in a reactive trajectory are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance: 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Bond Distance: 1.8 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H -F Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: 2.90 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01364124&amp;diff=793367</id>
		<title>MRD:01364124</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01364124&amp;diff=793367"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T16:13:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sw2711: /* Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Molecular Reaction Dynamics=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics From the Transition State Region===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as a saddle point where there is both a maximum and minimum depending upon the direction it is viewed from. At the transition state, the maximum and minimum will have differentials equal to zero. By taking the second partial derivative, we may then identify whether this point is a maximum or minimum. The potential energy surface diagram below illustrates how potential energy varies with interatomic distance between A, B and C. It may be seen that there is both a maximum and minimum as indicated by the curvature of the surface plot. Based on the surface plot, it may be observed that there is a greater curvature for points at the maximum in comparison to those at the minimum. This is due to the nature of the intrinsic chemical properties of the molecules in question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; This part is good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:08, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Exercise_1_PE_Surface_Diagram.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Traansition_State_Minimum.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best determined estimate of the transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was found to be 0.909. An initial estimate of 0.91 was found via the contour plot which showed that all atoms were at equal distance from one another and not falling off the ridge. By then establishing a plot of intermolecular distance against time, it was found that movement of atoms with time was little. Measurements up to a time of 1 second showed that the atoms did not fall off the ridge. However, extending this time to 5 seconds proved the opposite and thus accuracy was increased to a maximum of 0.909.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt; It shows that you&#039;ve understood the concept. Just wondering whether you have tried 0.908, 0.907, 0.906 etc? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:11, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Locating_Transition_State_Contour.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Locating_Transition_State_Time_Distance.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the Reaction Path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This part is generally good. [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:12, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Calculation of the reaction path via a dynamic calculation setup results in a wavy line as shown in figure x. On the other hand, calculation via MEP results in a straight line. The MEP calculation produces a straight line as the velocity always resets to zero in each time step. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_Dynamics.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_MEP.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an initial condition of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 was instead used ie values reversed then the reverse of the graphs above would be shown. These graphs are shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_MEP_reverse.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Trajectories_from_r1_Reverse.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown by the distance-time graph, the A-B and A-C distance increase with time whilst the B-C distance remains relatively constant where the atoms do not move away from one another. Additionally, the graph indicates that the A-B distance is approximately 10 whilst the A-C distance is 0.75. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the initial condition instead to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, the B-C distance would instead increase with time and the A-B distance remain relatively constant. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;which means? [[User:Sw2711|Sw2711]] ([[User talk:Sw2711|talk]]) 17:12, 24 May 2019 (BST)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial Positions r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 are kept constant throughout &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the initial positions &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 0.74 and &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = 2.0, run trajectories with the following momenta combination and complete the table.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !! Description of the dynamics !! Graph Number&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.02 || Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B which then breaks and results in formation of a B-C bond. || 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  ||  -100.46 || Un-Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B but does not have sufficient momentum to break the A-B bond. Thus it draws away from the A-B which remains intact.  || 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.96 ||Reactive || Atom C closes towards A-B just in the same pathway as Graph 1, however in this instance atom c has less energy. As a result, the time taken to reach the transition state and consequently react with it is greater || 3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.96 ||Un-Reactive ||  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#0000FF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;where is your description for this one? &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; || 4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -81.80 || Reactive || Atom C approaches the A-B bond and results in oscillation of the A-B but the A-B bond reforms. Momentum of Atom C however is much greater and therefore results in breakage of the A-B bond and consequent formation of the B-C bond || 5&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 1&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_1_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 2&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_2_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 3&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_3_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 4&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_4_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graph 5&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour_Graph_5_Table.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory (TST) can be used to understand the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. The theory makes an assumption of a special chemical equilibrium (quasi-equilibrium). This is an equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes. The main aim of TST is to provide a qualitative explanation as to how chemical reactions take place. The main assumption of the transition state theory is that if a molecule has sufficient energy to reach the transition state, it will react. If it does not have enough energy to react then it will not react. Furthermore, classical mechanics rather than quantum mechanics is used to explain the transition state theory. This theoretically means that a reaction can take place without the atoms needing to reach the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise 2 F-H-F System==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PES Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; -&amp;gt; HF + H====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions set for this reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Distance (AB Distance): 2.00 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance (BC Distance): 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-H Momentum: 2.90 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By observing the potential energy surface plot, it can be concluded that this reaction is exothermic as the products are higher in energy compared to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:F_H2_Transition_State.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====H + HF====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions set for this reaction &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Distance (AB Distance): 2.0 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance (BC Distance): 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F - H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; Momentum: 2.55 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By observing the potential energy plot for this reaction, it may be concluded that this reaction is endothermic as the products are lower in energy in comparison to the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H_HF_Transition_State.PNG|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From both these contour diagrams, it may be determined that the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H. This is because for H + HF, the energy required to break the H-F bond is much greater than the energy released from the formation of the H-H bond, consequently the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Position of the Transition State====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HF: 1.80 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HH: 0.75 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation Energy is the energy required to reach the transition state. In terms of a potential energy surface diagram, it is the difference in energy between the reactants and the transition state. In order to determine the energy of the reactants, a distance may be added or subtracted from the bond length of HF. By doing this, the contour plots the trajectory of the atoms. In this case, 0.1 A may be added to the H-F bond length such that the trajectory of the atom falls into the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Energy of the Transition State of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions that result in a reactive trajectory are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Bond Distance: 0.74 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-F Bond Distance: 1.8 A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H -F Momentum: -0.5 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H-H Momentum: 2.90 kgms&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sw2711</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>